HARVARD UNIVERSITY
VEflRI
LIBRARY
OF THE
Museum of Comparative Zoology
BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY
PROVO, UTAH
(FRANKLIN S. HARRIS. President)
Organized Colleges and Divisions:
College of Applied Science
College of Arts and Sciences
College of Commerce
College of Education
College of Fine Arts
Graduate School
Extension Division
Research Division
Departments of Instruction:
Accounting and Business Adminis- Journalism
tration Landscape Architecture
Agricultural Economics Library
Agronomy Marketing
Animal Husbandry Mathematics
Art Mechanical Art
Bacteriology Modern and Classical Languages
Botany Music
Chemistry Office Practice
Economics Physical Education
Educational Administration Physics
Elementary Education Political Science
English Philosophy of Education
Finance and Banking Psychology
Geology and Geography Religious Education
History Secondary Education
Home Economics Sociology
Horticulture Zoology and Entomology
For further information write:
President's Office
Brigham Young University
Provo, Utah
NCW CENTURY PRINTING CO., PROVO*^(J!;*
The Great Basin Naturalist
Volume II, 1 94 1
VASCO M. TANNER, Editor
Published at Provo, Utah, by
The Department of Zoology and Entomology
OF Brigham Young University
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Volume II
NUMBER 1 — FEBRUARY 20, 1941
Notes on the Nesting Habits of Some Mountain Dwelling Birds
in Utah, C. Lynn Haywarcl 1
An Annotated List of Mammals Collected in Nuevo Leon,
.Mexico, 1938, E. J. Koestner 9
A Study of the Variation in the Less Common Snakes of Utah.
Wilmer W. Tanner 16
Studies in the Weevils of the Western United States No. IV :
A New Species of Cimbocera, Vasco M. Tanner .... 29
Willis Stanley Blatchley, Vasco M. Tanner 33
Interesting Coleoptera Records for Utah 36
NUMBER 2 — JUNE 30, 1941
Some Nematodes of the Family Tylcnchidac Which Do Not
Possess a Valvular Median Esophageal Bulb, Gerald Thorne 37
Lesser Yellow Legs. New Record for Washington County, Utah 86
The Reptiles and Amphibians of Idaho No. I. Wilmer W. Tanner 87
Gull Banding Notes at Utah Lake 98
New Species of Coleoptera from Utah. Harry P. Chandler . . 99
Painted Lady Butterfly in Migration 104
Three New Mammals (Microtus and Ochontona ) from Utah.
E. R. Hall and C. L. Hay ward 105
NUMBER 3 — NOVEMBER 29, 1941
Some Observations on Amphibia At and Near Las Vegas, New
Mexico, Arthur N. Bragg 109
Two New Species of Aphaenogaster ( Hymenoptera : Formi-
cidae). Marion R. Smith 118
New Bird Records from Zion National Park 121
Antarctic Birds Contributed by Dr. Russell G. Frazier . . 122
NUMBER 4 — DECEMBER 31, 1941
A Bibliography of Utah Mammalog}' ; Incuding References to
Names and Type Localities. (First supplement), C. Lynn
Hay ward 125
A New I'^laphrus (Coleoptera. Carabidaei. \'asco M Tanner . 137
Index to \'olume II 139
II
Volume II ^^tCo/^p^^N umber 1
t^ifi Zoology 'C^
MAR 14 1941
The Great Basin Naturalist
February 20, 1941
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Notes on the Nesting Habits of Some Mountain Dwelling Birds
in Utah, C. Lynn Hayward 1
An Annotated List of Mammals Collected in Nuevo Leon, Mexi-
co, 1938, E. J. Koestner 9
A Study of the Variation in the Less Common Snakes of L^^tah,
Wilmer W. Tanner 16
Studies in the Weevils of the Western United States No. IV:
A New Species of Cimbocera, Vasco M. Tanner .... 29
Willis Stanley Blatchley, Vasco M. Tanner 33
Interesting Coleoptera Records for Utah 36
Published at Provo, Utah, by the
Department of Zoology and Entomology ot
Brigham Young University
The Great Basin Naturalist
Vasco M. Tanner, Editor
C. Lynn Hay ward, Assistant Editor
A journal published four times a year by the Department of
Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
Manuscripts. Only original unpublished manuscripts, pertaining
to the Great Basin and the Western United States in the main, will be
accepted. Manuscripts are subjected to the approval of the editor.
Illustrations. All illustrations should be made with a view to
having them appear within the limits of the printed page. The illus-
trations that form a part of an article should accompany the manu-
script. All half-tones or zinc etchings to appear in this Journal are
to be made under the supervision of the editor, and the cost of the
cuts is to be borne by the contributor.
Reprints. No reprints are furnished free of charge. A price
list for reprints and an order form is sent with the proof.
Subscription. The annual subscription is $1.50, (outside the
United States, $2.00). Single number, 50 cents.
All correspondence dealing with manuscripts, subscriptions, re-
prints and other business matters should be addressed to the Editor,
Great Basin Naturalist, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
lt,LLS'
The Great Basin Natura
Published by the
Department of Zoology and Ent(jmology
Brigham Young University. Provo. Utah
\oLLMi- II FI-:r.RUARY 20. 1941 No. 1
NOTF.S OX THE NESTING HABITS OF SOME MOUNTAIN
DWELLING lilRDS IN UTAH ^^
C. LYXN HAYWARD
Assistant Professor of Zoology, Brigham Young University
In the course of field work in mountainous portions of Utali during
the past few years the writer has had occasion to take note of nesting
activities of some of the birds of these higher elevations. These obser-
vations have been made mostly on Mt. Timpanogos, Utah County,
and on the west end of the Uinta Mountains, Wasatch County, at ele-
vations of 7,000 feet and above. Although the material contained here-
in is fragmentar}- it is hoped that it will throw some light upon a
subject that is little known.
Spityrapicus varius nuchalis Baird. Red-naped Sapsucker
The breeding of this species occurs mostly in mature aspen woods,
but a few individuals may occasionally frequent coniferous forests. On
April 5, 1940 at Aspen Grove, Mt. Timpanogos. a pair was seen pre-
paring for mating. The male was seen to follow the female closely
from tree to tree, uttering series of sharp notes and erecting the crown
feathers. No actual copulation was noted at this time. June 12, 1934
a nest was noted in a dead aspen fourteen feet from the ground at
Mule Flat, two miles north of Aspen Grove. Mt. Timpanogos. Both
parents were seen to carry in food. On June 21, ]9^7 two nests were
noted at Aspen Grove and two at Mule Flat. Mt. Timpanogos. The}-
were situated in dead aspens fifteen to twenty feet from tlie ground.
In all cases voung birds could be heard in the nests.
(1) Contribution No. 87, Dept. of Zoology and Entomolngx-. r.rigliani Young
University.
The Great Baf in Naturalist
2 C. LYNN TIAYWARD Vol. TT, No. 1 ,
PicoiDES TRiDACTYLUs DORSALis Baird. Alpine Three-toed Woodpecker
In my studies thus far this woodpecker has been found only in the
densely wooded subalpine forests of the Uinta Mountains. On July 9,
1930 a nest containing young was found at Tryol Lake, Wasatch
County, elevation about 9,900 feet. This nest was located in a dead
Lodgepole Pine about ten feet from the ground. A hole about two
inches in diameter formed the entrance to the nest, and, extending
down the center of the trunk a distance of about twelve inches below
the entrance, a hollow four inches in diameter had been formed. The
nest was located at the bottom of this hollow.
On July 12 the female was found dead at the foot of the tree but
the male continued to feed the young until July 14 when he was col-
lected. At the time the male was collected the two young were re-
moved from the nest and made into skins. They were both males and
appeared to be about two-thirds grown (wing 82 mm. as compared to
120 mm. in the adult). July 21 of the same year another nest con-
taining young and similarly constructed was located about fifteen feet
up in the stump of a dead Engelmann Spruce.
Empidonax hammondi (Xantus). Hammond's Flycatcher
This species and Wright's Flycatcher Empidonax wrighti Baird are
extremely difficult to distinguish from one another in the field and for
this reason the following notes are recorded with some misgivings.
Both species are found on Mt. Timpanogos, but our collections thus far
indicate that E. hammondi is confined largely to aspen and conifer
woods, while E. wrighti occupies chaparral. However, the two un-
doubtedly occur together at least at the edges of the woods. A set of
four eggs of E. hammondi was collected by James Bee at Aspen Grove,
Mt. Timpanogos, June 23, 1937. The nest was located in an aspen,
but details of its construction are lacking. On July 11, 1937 a pair
presumably of this species was seen constructing a nest about twenty
feet up on a dead limb of an aspen near the summit of Loop Road,
Mt. Timpanogos. This nest was composed largely of fine plant fibers.
Empidonax wrtgiiti Baird. Wright's Flycatcher
The only rather positive nesting record of this species available
from ni)^ notes is that of June 6, 1940 when a nest was discovered on
a chaparral covered hillside directly east of Big Tree Camp, Mt.
Timpanogos. This nest was situated in a small oak Quercus gamhcUii
about two and a half feet from the ground. It was composed mainly
of ]ilant fibers, neatly and compactly woven and was lined with a few
F'eb. 20, 1941 nkstinc iiaiuts of iukos in utah 3
feathers. Uehaving in characteristic fashion the birds remained for
the most part hidden in the hrusli appearinnj^ only at intervals for brief
periods and occasionalh' utterinq^ sharp chiri)s of alarm.
Empidonax difficili.s DiFi'K IMS I'aird. Western Flxcatclier
The nesting activities of this species have been noted on Alt. Tim-
panogos in the vicinit}- of Lower Falls, Aspen Grove. On Jime 26.
1937 two nests about 100 yards apart were found on tlie north-facing
clififs near Lower Falls. They were situated in crevices about six feet
up from the base of the clilTs. (_)ne of the nests contained four fresh
eggs and the other five. In both cases there w^as water dripping over
the nests and the materials of which they were composed were soaking
wet. The nests were composed of fine grass covered with green moss
and lichens like the surrounding rocks. The birds were extremely sh}-
and it was with considerable difficulty that I was able to make the
identifications.
Tachycineta thalassina lepida Mearns. Violet-green Swallow
This species breeds quite commonly in certain portions of mature
aspen forests on Mt. Timpanogos. All of my observations were made
at Mule Flat about two miles north of Aspen Grove. On June 21, 1936
John Hutchings and the writer opened up a nest in a live aspen about
six feet from the ground. In spite of the noise incident to opening the
nests the female refused to leave until plucked ofif by hand. The nest
contained only two fresh eggs. A year later on the same date and in
the same locality females were observed carrying material into holes,'
and there was evidence of at least four or five nests within a half
acre area. In this connection Violet-green Swallows were occasionally
seen fighting with Tree Swallows over nesting sites. On July 3, 1937
a nest was opened which contained four eggs nearly ready to hatch.
Iridoprocne bicolor (Vieillot). Tree Swallow
The nesting habits of this species are similar to those of the Violet-
green Swallow described above. The two species frequently nest in
the same tree. A nest opened on July 3, 1937 at Mule Flat, contained
four newly hatched young. This nest was in a dead aspen about
twenty feet from the ground. However, like the Violet-green, this
species frequently nests in living trees.
Progne subis subis (Linnaeus). Purple Martin
Like the swallows described above the Purple Martin nests in ma-
ture aspen forests on Mt. Timpanogos and is often seen in company
The Great Basin Naturalist
4 C. LYNN HAYWARD Vol. II, No. 1,
with the swallows. At Mule Flat on June 21, 1937 we saw females
leave and enter two different holes in the same trees. At this same
lime males were seen to carry green aspen leaves into the nests. These
leaves, we found later, were used as a lining and are apparently con-
tinuously replaced by fresh ones throughout the incubation period. Ou
July 3, we opened two of these nests. One situated in a partially dead
aspen about thirty feet from the ground contained three newly hatched
young. The other, located twenty feet up in a dearl as])en slumj) con-
tained four eggs nearly ready to hatch.
Hylocichla GUTTATA AUDUBONi (Ijaird). Audubon's Hermit Thrush
The nests of this species have been encountered rather Ireciuently
on Mt. Timpanogos. They are generally placed ratlier low in conifers,
aspens, or in brush along streams and at the edges of forests. The
follcjwing nesting data are available from my notes: A nest containing
six fresh eggs was taken from an aspen fork twelve feet from the
ground at Salamander Lake, Mt. Timpanogos, June 5, 1937. Another
nest containing three newly hatched young and one unhatched egg
was observed in a choke cherry bush at Aspen (irove, June 19, 1937.
This nest was about three feet from the ground. The outside shell
was composed of I)ark and the inner lining consisted of tine roots.
Mr. R. G. Bee has supplied me witli a record of four fresh eggs taken
in South Fork of Provo Canyon, June 5, 1929. On July 9, 1940 a
nest containing four half-grown young was found at Big Tree Camp,
Mt. Timpanogos in the top of a small white lir. five feet from the
ground. On the ridge immediately to the west of Aspen Grove, a
nest was found in the forks of an aspen tree six feet from the ground,
June 14, 1940. It contained four eggs just in the process of hatching.
MvADESTES TowNSENDi (Audubon). Towuscud's Solitaire
On June 24, 1937 Mr. Merlin Kill])ack discovered a nest of this
species near Lower Falls west of Aspen Grove. Mt. Timpanogos. It
was situated in a niche on a cliff about seven feet up from the base.
The outer shell of the nest was composed of rather large dry twigs
while the inside was lined willi fnie grass. There were four well incu-
bated eggs. Both the bird and the eggs were collected. Water \\;is
drip])ing frf)m overhanging rocks in front of the nest l)ut ihe nest
itself was dry. Another similarb' constructed nest was found on June
29 only about one hundred yards from the first one. It likewise con-
tained four well incubated eggs. A third nest presumably of this
species was located about six feet uj) in a small white fir at Aspen
Feb. 20, 1941 nesting habits of birds in utah 5
Grove, Mt. Timpanogos, June 19, 1937. The young had left or been
removed from this nest and only fragments of the shells and general
structure of the nest indicated its identity.
Antiius spiNOLRTTA RUBESCENS (Tunstall). American Pipit
(PL I, Fig. 2)
A nest containing four fresh eggs was found at Lost Lake, Uinta
Mountains, June 19, 1940, elevation 9,800 feet. It was situated in a
rather dry subalpine meadow. The rim of the nest was flush with the
surrounding surface of the ground, and the cup was sunken into the
sod to a depth of about three inches. The nest w^as lined with very
line, dry grass. Even though incubation had not begun, the bird sat
very close and allowed one to come within two feet or less without
leaving the nest. If the observer withdrew fifty feet from the nest
site, the bird would return immediately and settle on the eggs. The
])ir(l was so fearless that I was able to set up the camera within two
feet of the nest and approach close enough to trip the shutter without
startling her. Only one bird was seen at any time in the vicinity of
I he nest.
\'iRE0 GiLVUs swainsoni Baird. Western Warbling Vireo
(PI. I, Fig. 5)
The nesting of this species has been observed at Aspen Grove and
Mule Flat on Mt. Timpanogos. My notes indicate that the birds con-
fine themselves almost entirely to deciduous woods which at that alti-
tude are chiefly aspens. Although vireos feed generally in the tops of
the trees, the nests that we have observed have been low — generally
four to eight feet from the ground. The nests were placed between
two small forks well out on aspen limbs. They were composed of fine
grass compactly formed, and were bound together, and to the branches,
with cobwebs. At Aspen Grove a nest containing four incubating eggs
was located on June 19, 1937. June 23 these eggs had hatched. An-
other nest, containing four eggs, was found at Mule Flat, two miles
north of Aspen Grove on June 21, 1937. When the nest was again
visited on July 3 the eggs had not yet hatched. On June 6, 1940 a
pair of vireos was observed constructing a nest at Big Tree Camp.
Mt. Timpanogos.
Dendroica auduboni memorabilis Oberholser. Rocky Mountain
Audubon Warbler
These warblers are found commonly in both deciduous and conif-
erous woods and undoubtedly breed in both places. All of the nest-
The Great Basin Naturalist
6 C. LYNN HAYWARD Vol. IT, No. 1,
ing activities that we have observed, however, have been in the aspen
forests. On June 21, 1937 two nests were located at Mule Flat, Mt.
Timpanogos. Both were rather far out on aspen limbs and about
twenty feet up from the ground. They were composed of fine plant
fibers and lined with a few horsehairs and feathers. One nest con-
tained four, the other five fresh eggs. On June 5, 1940 another nest
was discovered on an aspen limb about fifteen feet up and next to
the trunk. The female was very active about the nest and was seen
to carry food to the young. A nest containing young was found near
Aspen Grove on June 14, 1940. It was located in the forks of an
aspen about twenty feet up. When flushed from the nest the female
did a characteristic "tumbling act" and then moved excitedly about
in the tree uttering sharp chirps. Young birds could be heard in the
nest but no further investigation was made.
Oporornis TOLMiEi (Towuseud). Alacgillivray's Warbler
(PL I, Fig. 7)
This species occurs rather commonly in the chaparral and forest
edge on Mt. Timpanogos, but only one definite nesting record is avail-
able from my notes. On June 24, 1937 Mr. Merlin Killpack discov-
ered a nest in the chaparral directly east of Aspen Grove, and the site
was subsequently visited by the writer. The nest was situated in a
small ninebark about three feet from the ground and was loosely con-
structed of dried plant stems and lined with very fine grass. It con-
tained four fresh eggs on this date. The female was extremely shy
and remained quietly hidden in the underbrush while the nest was
being photographed.
Carpodacus cassini Baird. Cassin's Purple Finch
The Purple Finch occurs quite regularly throughout the wooded
portion of Mt. Timpanogos and the Uintas, but only one nest has been
observed. This nest was discovered at Big Tree Camp, Mt. Timpa-
nogos, June 3, 1940. It was situated about a foot from the top of a
slender white fir about twenty-five feet from the ground. Tt was
plainly visible from below and my attention was attracted to it by a
peculiar chipping sound produced by the female as she sat on tlie
eggs. The only means of access to it was a nearby aspen from which
the contents and something of the construction could be made out.
The nest appeared quite flimsy and was composed of dried grass and
other vegetation. Four eggs were in the nest at the time it was ob-
served. .Sticks thrown up into the nesting tree failed to dislodge the
Feb. 20, 1941 nesting habits of birds in utah 7
female, but as 1 clinibcd up the nearby aspen she left the nest and
remained close at hand uttering throaty chirps. The male did not ap-
pear at this time. This nest was kept under observation for about
four da}S. During this time, the female only was seen to incubate
the eggs. At 6:30 A.M. on June 4 the female was away from the
nest, but appeared within five minutes with the male. In the vicinity
of the nest the male made an unsuccessful attempt at copulation.
Oberholseria chlorura (Audubon). Green-tailed Towhee
(PL I, Fig. 1)
This species breeds in the chaparral at lower elevations on Alt.
Timpanogos. On May 22, 1937 a nest containing four fresh eggs was
found on the west face of Timpanogos between Dry and Battle Creek
Canyons. It was situated on the ground in a clump of stunted oak
and sage and was composed of sage bark, line grass and a few horse-
hairs. On June 24, 1937 another nest was discovered at Aspen Grove,
Mt. Timpanogos. It was built in a dense clump of choke-cherry about
two feet from the ground and contained three partially incubated eggs.
JuNCO CANiCEPS (Woodhouse j . Gray-headed Junco (PI. 1, Fig. 6)
The Gray-headed Junco is a common breeding bird at forest edges
and in deeper woods on Mt. Timpanogos and in the Uintas. The nest
is placed on the ground in a deep depression lined with tine grass.
The location is often such that there is some protection from above.
For example one was placed under an overhanging bank near a small
stream, several have been found in the midst of stunted shrubs, an-
other was placed under the end of a fallen log, and still another was
built in the middle of a pile of dead conifer branches used by some
camper as a bed. The following breeding records are available from
my notes: Tryol Lake, Uinta Mts. July 19, 1930, nest and four fresh
eggs ; Lost Lake, Uinta Mts. June 18, 1940, nest and five fresh eggs ;
Lost Lake, June 19, 1940, nest and four eggs nearly ready to hatch;
Lost Lake, July 18, 1940 nest and four fresh eggs; Elk Park, east
end of Uinta Mountains July 28, 1937, two nests containing newly
hatched young; Aspen Grove, Mt. Timpanogos, June 25, 1933, nest
and four fresh eggs (R. G. Bee) ; Geyser Pass, La Sal Mts. July 17,
1934, nest containing three newly hatched young and one egg. The
breeding of these j uncos appears to be less regular than most moun-
tainous birds or else more than one brood is produced in a season.
In July it is not uncommon to see young in all stages of growth and
to find nests and eggs as indicated above.
The Great Basin Naturalist
8 C. LYNN IIAYVVARD Vol. lI,No. 1,
Si'iZKLLA PASSRRiNA AUizoNAE Coucs. Westcni Chipping Sparrow
In tlie mountains, the nests of these common sparrows have in-
evitably been found in conifers, although I have evidence that they
may also nest in deciduous trees. The nests that have come under my
observation have lieen placed rather low (three to ten feet from the
ground ) well out on a limb and protected from above by an over-
hanging branch. The nest is constructed of fine plant fibers, mostly
grass, and lined with horsehairs. The following breeding records may
be given at this time: Aspen Grove, Mt. Timpanogos, May 17, 1940,
nest under construction; Aspen Grove, June 3, 1940, the same nest
noted above contained four eggs. (When this nest was observed again
on June 11, four half-grown young were there.) Big Tree Camp, Mt.
Timpanogos, June 3, 1940 nest and four well incubated eggs. These
eggs hatched on June 7. Aspen Grove June 13, 1937, nest containing
newly hatched young; Aspen Grove, June 19, 1937 nest containing
four nearly grown young; Lost Lake, Uinta Mts. July 17, 1940, nest
containing four newly hatched young. This could have been a second
brood.
ZoNOTRJCHiA LEUCOPHRYS LEUCOPiiRYs (Forstcr). White-crowncd
Sparrow (PI. I, Fig. 4)
This species breeds commonly in subalpine forests on Mt. Timpa-
nogos and in the Uintas. It frequents the edges of the woods and the
open parks. The nests that we have discovered have been placed on
the ground in a deep depression lined with fine grass. The following
I)reeding records are available: Tryol Lake, Uinta Mts. July 16, 1930
nest containing two eggs; Tryol Lake, July 19, 1930, nest and four
eggs, also two nests containing newly hatched young; Lost Lake,
Uinta Mts. July 17, 1940, nest containing five partly incubated eggs.
Melospiza lincolni lincolni (Audubon). Lincoln's Sparrow
This species breeds rather commonly in swamp}- areas and along
streams throughout the mountains. However, only two nests have
been under observation. These were placed on the ground on grassy
hummocks in boggy ground. Both nests were discovered June 20, 1937
at Camp Timpooneke, Mt. Timpanogos. They were deep depressions
in the sod lined with fine dry grass and sedges. One contained four,
the other two fresh eggs.
Nesting Hsbits
of Mt BirJs
ByC.L.Hsywury
Fi^. 1. 0 berho/seri<5 chloi- UTd
:mm
ZonotrichicT /.
leucophrys
Fi^S. Vircoa. s^dinsoni
Fi-^.6
Jwnco
Cdn/ceps
Pig. 7. Opor-oimis to/ryiiei
PLATE I
AN ANNOTATED LIST OF MAMMALS COLLECTED IN
NUEVO LEON, MEXICO, IN 1938")
E. J. KOESTNER
University of Illinois
The writer spent the summer of 1938 maknig an ecological study
on the 3800 meter (12,500 ft.) mountain, Cerro Potosi, located about
65 kilometers (40 miles) west of Linares in the Municipio de Galeana,
Nuevo Leon, Mexico. The study was primarily one of the animal
communities of the upper regions of this mountain which is the high-
est point of the Sierra Madre Occidental range. The communities
studied in detail were in the following cover types: (1) alpine grass-
land. (2) scrub piiion pine (an undescribed species), and (3) pine
forest (Pinus Montczumac Lindl. var. Hartzuegii Engelm.). Muller
(1937, 1939) has given accounts of the vegetation of the area.
The results of the main portion of this investigation will appear
elsewhere. The mammals were also collected in places other than the
areas named, and in view of the limited data available on distribution
of Mexican mammals in general, it is deemed pertinent that there be
given an annotated list of all mammals taken. All localities were
taken from maps issued by the Departamento Geografico, Departa-
mento Forestal y de Caza y Pesca, Mexico, D. F. A number of skins
was secured from natives from which data were lacking or unre-
liable so that identifications were not feasible. Among these were
bear, raccoon, coyote, mountain lion, and bobcat. Tracks and other
signs of all these were also seen but no specimens secured. The list
follows that of Miller (1924) with both scientific and common names
given. The majority of the specimens are deposited in the Field Mu-
seum of Natural History.
The writer wishes to express his appreciation to Dr. C. C. San-
born of the Field Museum of Natural History and Dr. E. A. Goldman
of the Biological Survey for identification of the mammals. He is
also indebted to Senor Juan Zinzer, Departamento Forestal y de Caza
Pesca, Mexico, D. F., for permission to collect in Mexico.
(1) Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Illi-
nois, No. 567.
The Great Basin Naturalist
10 E. J. KOESTNER Vol. II, No. 1,
SoREX EMARGiNATus Jackson. Zacatccas Shrew
Locality: Cerro Potosi, Municipio de Galeana, N. L.
Habitat : Scrub pinon pine.
This supposedly rare shrew was taken only in the scrub pine at
about 12,000 feet altitude. The fact that five specimens were taken
in an area .07 hectare (.18 acre) in eight days indicates that the
animal is abundant in the habitat in which it occurs. Jackson (1928)
states that it is known only from Sierra Madre near Bolanos, Jalisco,
and Plateado, Zacatecas, Mexico, thus a considerable extension of its
range is established. A female taken on July 6 showed evidence of
having suckled young. Because of the small size of this shrew two
specimens were caught by the tail, the guillotine trap having cleared
the rest of the animal. They were dead in both cases, probably due
to shock and lack of food. Measurements for the five specimens are
given in millimeters in the following respective order: total length,
tail length, and hind foot. 5 94 - 38 - 12 ; S 103 - 44 - 12 ; 9 100.5 -
42 - 11; 9 95 - 42 - 11; 9 91 - 42 - 11.
Leptonycteris nivalis (Saussure). Leaf-nosed bat. "Murcielago".
Locality : Cerro Potosi, Municipio de Galeana, N. L.
Habitat : Cave.
More than a hundred specimens of this species were taken from
an abandoned mine near La Joha, (altitude 11,500 ft.) by means of
paddles with which they were swatted down as they flew. The mine
harbored at least 10,000 bats, all of this species. There was no evi-
dence of the supposed ability of bats to dodge objects as the number
collected was secured in a very short time. It is interesting to note
that, although. the bats spent the day in this cave, none were observed
flying at night at these altitudes. The absence of night-flying insects
probably compels them to feed at lower altitudes where bats of un-
determined species were seen frequently at night.
Epte.sicus fuscus (Beauvois). Big brown bat. "Murcielago".
Locality : La Placeta, Municipio de Galeana, N. L.
Habitat : Deciduous forest.
One specimen was taken under bark of a rotten stump in oak
forest at 9,000 ft. altitude on August 16. Bats were observed flying
at this and lower altitudes.
Conepatus pediculus Merriam. Hog-nosed skunk. "Zorilla".
Locality : San Juan, Municipio de Galeana, N. L.
Feb. 20, 1941 mammals collected in Mexico 11
Habitat : Chaparral.
One specimen was found after having been killed by natives, but
was in too poor a condition for preservation. It was common in this
region.
CiTELLUS variegatus couchii (Baird). Couch's rock squirrel. "Tusa".
Locality: Ojo de Agua, San Francisco, and Galeana, Municipio de
Galeana, N. L.
Habitat: Rocky clififs and chaparral.
These ground squirrels were found to be very abundant in the
cliffs and dry regions of the lower altitudes (5,500 ft.). All those
observed were totally or partially melanistic. Although a ground squir-
rel, they frequently climb small trees and give forth their chattering
call. They are much detested by the natives since their great abun-
dance exerts havoc on their small corn fields. These animals are quite
edible, being equal or superior to regular tree squirrels in quality.
Cynomys MEXICAN us Mcrriam. Mexican prairie dog.
Locality : San Juan and Potosi, Municipio de Galeana, N. L.
Habitat : Desert prairie.
One specimen was taken at S. Juan where the animals were very
numerous. Holes occurred every 25 feet on the average. Although
the writer did not visit the place, their presence is also established in
the valley of Potosi as substantiated by the natives and a skull brought
from there.
SciURUS ALLENi Nclsou. Grey squirrel. "Ardilla".
Locality: Ojo de Agua and Cerro Potosi, Municipio de Galeana,
N. L.
Habitat : Pine and deciduous forest.
This squirrel was found ranging throughout the forests, both de-
ciduous and coniferous, occurring from the lower elevations to the
limit of trees on Cerro Potosi.
Thomomys spp. Pocket gopher.
Locality: Cerro Potosi and Ojo de Agua, Municipio de Galeana,
N. L.
Habitat : Pine forest and cultivated fields.
Of two species of pocket gophers (undetermined because of insuffi-
cient material), one taken at the upper limits of pine on Cerro Potosi
(11,000 ft.) was a greyish color. The other taken at Ojo de Agua
The Great Basin Xaturalisr
12 i:. .1. KoKSTNKk Vol. rr.No. 1,
was i3lack. The 'pocket' of the latter contained several wheat straws
and some . Ii>iaraiiflius or pi,!4' weed leaves.
J.ioMYs iRRORATUs alli:ni (Coues). Allen spiny pocket mouse.
"Raton".
Locality : Ojo de Agua and San Francisco, Municipio de Galeana,
N. L.
Habitat : Rocky valley.
Two specimens were taken, one caught by a boy in a native house
during the day. The other, a female, was taken in a trap in a rocky
valley near Ojo de Agua and had five early stage embryos.
Reithrodontomys fulvescens tenuis Allen. Mexican harvest
mouse. "Raton".
Locality: Ojo de Agua, Municipio de Galeana, N. L.
Habitat : Chaparral.
The only record for this species is in the higher areas of this
valley. The specimen was taken by native boys while collecting lizards.
Peromy.scus manicl'latl's labecula Elliot. White-footed mouse.
"Raton".
Locality : Cerro Potosi, Cieneguillas, and Ojo de Agua, Municipio
de Galeana, N. L.
Habitat: Alpine grassland, scrub pinon pine, pine forest, and chap-
arral.
This was the most abundant animal encountered. It occurred in
all types of habitat found and ranged to the highest peak of Cerro
Potosi. It was also frequently found in native houses along with
other species. Shells of the snail, Humboldtiaua fortis Pilsbry, broken
open on the side were found in places which indicated this species as
well as Microius mcxicaniis fed on them. Although P. ma)iicnlatits
labecula occurred in the same areas with AI. mexicanus, and both in
large numbers, their general activity periods alternated which enabled
them to occupy the same areas with a minimum of competition be-
tween the species. M. mexicanus was most active during the day while
P. maniculatus labecula was most active at night.
Peromyscus boylii levipes (Merriam). White-footed mouse. "Raton".
Locality : Near Hacienda Villa Hermosa, Municipio Villa de San-
tiago, N. L.
Habitat : Pine forest, scrub oak.
Feb. 20, 1941 mammals collected in Mexico 13
Only four specimens were taken, three in a pine forest not far
from Monterrey. These were taken on a passing trip so that little
is known of their abundance. Another was taken in scrub oak. They
are well represented in collections from this and other mountainous
regions.
Peromyscus DiFFiciLis (Allen). White-footed mouse. "Raton".
Locality : Cerro Potosi and Ojo de Agua, Municipio de Galeana,
N. L.
Habitat : Scrub pifion pine, pine forest, chaparral.
This large mouse was conspicuous because of its size although
compared to others was much less abundant, there being 20 Peromy-
scus maniculatis labecula to ever\- P. difficilis. It was taken in the
same variety of habitats as P. iiioiiictilatus labecula and was a more
serious pest in native houses than others, probably because of its size.
The walls of the adobe houses were a maze of tunnels made by this
species.
Nkotoma albigula leucodon Merriam. White-toothed wood rat.
"Rata".
Locality: Ojo de Agua. Municipio de Galeana, N. L.
Habitat : Rocky cliffs near cultivated areas.
The white-toothed wood rat was taken in the rock}- valley and
seen frequently around camp and near structures of a saw mill, since
they were active during the day as well as at night.
MiCROTUS MEXICAN I's ( De SaussureL Mexican vole. "Raton".
Locality : Cerro Potosi, Cieneguillas, and Ojo de Agua, Municipio
de Galeana, N. L.
Habitat : Alpine grassland, scrub pifion pine, chaparral.
The Mexican meadow mouse is another widespread species in
die area of most intensive study and reaches its greatest abundance
in the treeless areas although it is found in both pine forest and
chaparral. The runways of this species as in others of the genus
Microfiis, are frec[uently lined with leaves of plants used as food.
Examination of such remains under one log where a live Microtus
iiiexicairus was taken showed the following: Seeds and green leaves
of Lupinus montanns HP)K, green leaves of Senecio scalaris Greene,
seed coverings of seeds from scrul) pifion pine (an undescribed spe-
cies), and seeds and male cones from Puuis Montezuuiae. Remains of
The Great Basin Naturalist
14 i:. J. KOESTNEk Vol. II, No. 1,
shells of the snail, Hnmholdtiana fortis, with openings cut in them
indicated that this species as well as Peromyscus maniculatus labecula
fed on it. The vole occurred in colonies, especially in the alpine grass-
land. A yellow composite grew abundantly in these areas indicating
a definite relationship between the plant and this small mammal.
Clark's Nutcracker. Nucifraga coluinhiaiia (Wilson), was oliserved
once to fly down during midday and catch a M. mexicanus. The bird
flew to a tall pine tree where it shook the vole several times, then
rested a few moments and flew away with the animal still kicking in
its beak. (Koestner and Schneider, 1940).
Mus MUscuLus L. House mouse. "Raton".
Locality : Ojo de Agua, Municipio de Galeana, N. L.
Habitat : House.
The house mouse was a constant pest to the natives in adobe
houses and many specimens were brought in by them. Strangely
enough, none were taken in any of the outdoor sets.
Sylvilagus floridanus chapmani (Allen). Texas cottontail.
"Conejo".
Locality : Cerro Potosi and Cieneguillas, Municipio de Galeana,
N. L.
Habitat: Alpine grassland, scrub pifion pine, chaparral.
This cottontail was taken from the peak of Cerro Potosi as well
as lower down occurring in all types of cover of the mountain. Its
greatest abundance, as would be expected, was reached in the chap-
arral.
Odocoileus virginianus miquihuanensis Goldman & Kellogg.
Miquihuana white-tailed deer. "Venado".
Locality : Cerro Potosi, Municipio de Galeana, N. L.
Habitat: Pine forest, scrub pifion pine.
A specimen of this newly described subspecies (Goldman & Kell-
ogg 1940) was taken on July 2, and had horns in the velvet. The
deer were found to range through the pine forest and scrub pine areas
and in early morning and evening would venture out into the alpine
meadow to graze, or browse on an occasional scrub near the edge.
They occurred at altitudes from 11,000 to 12,500 feet. Although the
deer are protected by game laws in Mexico, the natives take them
frequently for food. One native showed skins of two unborn fawns
that he had taken from a deer killed in Tunc. The deer were abun-
Feb. 20, 1941 mammals collected in Mexico 15
dant on the mountain usually seen in small groups of two to five,
although one morning I counted twelve in one herd.
LITERATURE CITED
Goldman, E. A. and Remington Kellogg
1940. Ten new white-tailed deer from North and Middle Ameri-
ca. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 53:81-90.
Jackson, Hartley H. T.
1928. A taxonomic review of the American long-tailed shrews.
N. A. Fauna 51.
Koestner, E. J. and Richard A. Schneider
1940. Notes on the snail Humholdtiana fords Pilsbry. Nautilus
54:47-49.
Miller, Gerrit S., Jr.
1924. List of North American recent mammals. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Bull. 128.
Muller, Cornelius H.
1937. Plants as indicators of climate in northeastern Mexico. Am.
Midi. Nat. 18:986-1000.
1939. Relations of the vegetation and climatic types in Nuevo
Leon, Mexico. Am. Midi. Nat. 21 :687-729.
A STUDY OF THE VARIATION IN THE LESS COMMON
SNAKES OF UTAH")
WILMER W. TANNER
In charge of Biological Science
Prove High School, Provo, Utah
INTRODUCTION
Among the snakes of Utah are a number of species which have
been considered as being rare, and were until recent years represented
in collections by only a few specimens. Of the 24 species of snakes
listed for Utah, 12 species are represented by comparatively few speci-
mens. One species, Arizona elegans occidentalis, for example is rep-
resented by only two specimens, which were collected in the vicinity
of St. George, Utah. Some of the other less common species have,
however, been greatly added too during the last few years by careful
collecting.
The large numbers of snakes that have been collected by the vari-
ous institutions and collectors, has made it possible to further study
the distribution and morphological variations of certain species.
The materials used in this report came from the following sources :
Brigham Young University, labeled B.Y.U. ; Zion Canyon National
Park, labeled Z.C.N. P. and the University of Utah, labeled U. of U.
I am also grateful to Mr. L. M. Klauber for information concerning
one specimen of Lyre snake now in the University of California at
Los Angeles. I am grateful to Mr. Russell K. Grater for the speci-
mens from Zion Canyon. Many of the notes have come from Dr.
Vasco M. Tanner and Dr. D. E. Beck. For these and other courtesies
1 am grateful.
This study of the scale variation of the less common snakes of
Utah is based upon specimens which have been collected within the
past fifteen years.
(1) Contribution No. 89, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigliam
Young University.
16
Feb. 20, 1941
VARIATION IN SNAKES OF UTAH
17
DiADOPHis KKCALis KE(-.ALis ( IJaird & Giranl )
Measurements and Scale Variations
BYU USAC ZCNP ZCNP UofU UofU UofU UofU ZCNP
Number
2701
75
69
2006
1213
639
804
23
Sex
F
F
F
F
M
M
M
M
Scale Row
17-15
17-15
17-15
17-15
17-15
17-15
17-15
17-15
17-1
Gastrosteges
229
226
229
223
208
215
224
223
210
Urosteges
71
64
7}.
82
72
7}\
60 +
81
7"'
Supralabials
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
Infralabials
8-8
7-8
8-8
8-8
8-8
8-8
8-8
8-8
8-8
Preoculars
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
Postoculars
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
Lo reals
. 1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
Temporals
1-2
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-1
1-2
1-2
7'otal Lengtli
201
526
726
306
448
360
638
380
510
Tail Len.i^^tb
34
90
124
62
84
86
104
110
107
Ratio
.169
.171
.171
.202
.193
.239
;-
.289
.210
PiBLisiiED Records: Zion National Park (Tanner 1927 \). 26)
(A. M. Woodbury 1931 p. 69) (Presnall 1937 p. 232) (W. W. Tanner
1940 p. 14n ; Springdale (A. M. Woodbury 1931 p. 69) ; Pine Valley
(Hardy 1939 p. 83) ; Circleville (W. W. Tanner 1940 p. 141) ; Deej)
Creek Mts. (Knowlton & Thomas 1935 p. 264) ( W. W. Tanner 1940
p. 141) Utah; and Preston, Idaho (W. W. Tanner 1940 p. 141).
New Records: Pole Canyon near Cedar Fort, Ut. Co., U. of U.
No. 2006 (H. W. Setzer & D. M. Woodbury, Colls.). Birch Creek
Canyon, Juab Co.. U. of U. No. 1213 (S. Flowers, Coll.).
Remarks: At the present writing I am aware of 15 specimens
of this species from the Utah area, with a great percentage of them
coming from Washington County. From the distribution records now
available it becomes quite evident that this snake should be found
throughout Utah, wherever a suitable habitat can be found. Records
would indicate that this species inhabits the Oak, Juniper, Pinyon-Pine
Belts of our foot hills. 5000 ft., and up to the Aspen-Fir Belt at an
elevation of 7000 ft. In Southern Utah it has been taken as low as
The Great Basin Naturalist
18 WILMER W. TANNER Vol.ll, No.l,
4045 ft. IjcCcIusc of its secretive habits few specimens are seen or
collected. Dr. D. E. Beck collected a specimen from under a pine
log at the camp ground in Pine Valley, Washington County. Ross
Hardy collecting in the same area found four specimens under rocks
in the Oak brush. Mr. M. V. Walker collected a specimen in Oak
Creek, Zion National Park during the afternoon. The snake was feed-
ing on a small Pituophis c. dcscrticola. From the information available
it appears that this species spends much of its time in secluded places.
More collecting may provide an answer to the limits of distribution
of this species. Dr. 11. J. Pack listed a specimen for St. George,
Washington County, Utah.
The general belief that this species is oviparous can now i)e con-
lirnied. A large specimen from Zion Canyon National Park No. 7h
contained 5 eggs, which averaged 19.24 mm. long and 7.2 mm. wide.
The two largest eggs were located in the posterior portion of the body
and measured in length 24.5 and 26.3 mm. respectively. The smallest
measured 13.5 mm. and was the anterior egg. The two middle eggs
were intermediate in size measuring 16 mm. each. In none of the
eggs was there any indication of a developing embryo. The fact that
this specimen was collected in May and contained two apparently fully
developed eggs would lead us to believe that some of the eggs are
deposited in late spring or early summer.
The size of the above sijecimen is also ncjleworthy, it measured
726 mm. long and has a head width of 9.8 mm. and a body circum-
ference at the middle of 36 mm. This 1 believe is the largest speci-
men of this species reported for Utah.
Salvadora graiiamiae hexalepis (Cope)
Measurements and Scale X'ariations
B.Y.U.
B.Y.U.
B.Y.U.
Z.C.N. P.
Number
214
1097
2880
24
Se.x
F
F
F
F
Scale Rows
19-17-13
17-17-13
19-17-13
19-17-13
Gastrosteges
198
200
191
198
Urosteges
81
80
66
. 81
Supralabials
9-9
9-9
9-9
9-9
Infralabials
10-10
10-10
10-10
10-10
Feb. 20, 1941
VAKIATIOiN
IX sxAKil:^; of'
(TAH
Preoculars
3-3
?>^^
2-2
Postoculars
2-3
2-3
2-2
2^2
Loreal
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
Temporals
2-3
2-1-3
2-3-3
2-2-3
Total length
693
528
650
737^
Tail length
158
119
broken
169
19
*This specimen was reported by the writer in the Great Basin Naturalist,
Vol. I, No. 3-4, p. 142, 1940, to be 705 mm. long ; this was a misprint and is now-
corrected.
PuBLi.sFiED Records: St. George (Pack 1930 p. 6) (Tanner 1935
p. 268) Woodbury 1931 p. 82) ; Cottonwood Canyon (Van Den-
burgh 1922 p. 691) ; Four miles Northwest of Santa Clara (Hardy
1939 p. 83) ; Zion Canyon National Park (W. W. Tanner 1940 p. 142).
Remarics : The scale formulas and measurements are well within
the limits set up by C. M. Bogert, in his report, "A Study of the Genus
.Salvadora." The color pattern suggests that the Utah specimens may
vary slightly, or be allied to those specimens of the Grand Canyon
area. Four specimens before me all have dark brown bars, extending
from the ventrals dorsall}'. In two specimens the bars invade the
dorsal stripe. In one specimen (B.Y.U. No. 214) some of the bars
become continuous across the back, others so constrict the dorsal
stripe as to leave only one or a fraction of a scale light colored. While
this extreme does not carry into all the Utah specimens, they are all
distinctly bared.
The habits and habitats of this species are not known to the writer.
Specimens have been taken while burrowing in the sand, (Pack 1930) ;
under rocks along the creek (Hardy 1939) and on a lawn which is
surrounded by sand and boulders and desert plants, (Zion Canyon,
W. W. Tanner 1940). Dr. D. E. Beck collected a specimen northeast
of Santa Clara on the rocky hillside. Mr. Bogert indicates that their
food consists mostly of lizards, however, other forms such as small
mammals, snakes, etc. may form a part of their diet.
Lampropeltis pyromelana (Cope)
Measurement.s and Scale Variations
B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. U. of U. U. of U.
Number 304 322 634 825 940
Sex M M F F M
The Great Basin Naturalist
20
WILMER \V.
TANNER
Vol.
IL
,No. 1,
Scale Rows 23
-23-19
23
-23-19
23
-23-1/
23-23-17
23
-23-19
Gastrosteges
222
222
226
223
225
Urosteges
76
50
75
71
79
vSupralabials
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
Infralabials
9-9
9-9
8-8
9-9
9-9
Preoculars
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
Postoculars
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
Loreal
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-1
Temporals
3-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
3-4
2-3
2-3
2-3
3-4
Total length
857
905
282
552
805
Tail length
156
121*
47
100
148
White rings body
38
38
44
White rings tail
12
74
12
*Tip of tail missing.
PuBLLSHED RECORDS : Granger, Salt Lake Co., Beaver Canyon,
Beaver Co., (Van Denburgh 1922 p. 747) (Pack 1930 p. 14) (Wood-
bury 1931 p. 91) ; New Harmony, Washington Co., (Tanner 1928
p. 49) (Woodbury 1931 p. 91); and Kolob Mountains (Woodbury
1931 p 91).
New Records : Wallsburg, Wasatch Co., Brigham Young Uni-
versity No. 322; Pine Valley, Washington Co., University of Utah
Nos. 825 and 940; and Santa Clara, Washington County, Utah. The
specimen listed for Santa Clara was undoubtedly collected at a higher
elevation, and brought into Santa Clara. It was later given to Dr.
D. E. Beck.
Remarks : With the exception of the Granger record it appears
that this species lives in or very near the mountains. It is interesting
to note its occurrence in the Wasatch Mountains, as well as the high
plateaus from the Pine Valley Mountains north.
The writer is aware of no information on the habits of this snake.
I'\-l.. 20, 1941
VARIATION IN SNAKES OF UTAH
21
D
ON
%
'7
-^
t^
X
On
eg
CO
o
C
,
3
>h'
00
re
CO
^
1
1
1
1
lO
X
CO
, 1
CO
rvi
X
ON
rg
u-i
m
r^
;:j
-^
^— H
^7
X
—1
t\
X
CM
eg CO
^
NO
CO
X
fO
S
*— '
00
lO
1
1
1
1 1
CO
X
CM
CO
rvj
'-"
1^
X
^
CM CM
uo
CM
00
P
O
"-^
»-0
X
r-x
ON
On] ro
CO
r^
ON
o
X
>>'
(NJ
t^H
"—I
00
^
1
1
1 1
1
CO
'^
CO
in
CNJ
*— 1
t^
On
1 — ( 1— •
(NJ
CO
m
ON
D
00
vO
t^
XN.
^
CM
CO
t^
X
^
o
>h'
t^
^,
^^
00
'^
1
1
1
X
X
CO
CM
^1
>— '
r-^
X
•—I
CnJ
LT)
^
CQ
CM
u
On
:5
On
ON
o
c
t^
ON
CM
CO
CO
vO
On
tx
o
fi^
00
^
1
1
ON
1
1
CM
CO
LO
I^
CM
=a
C^l
V
;j
CO
o
CM
r--
X
•^
CO
LO
fv.
LO
r>-.
>H
fe
f^j
00
o .
1
1
1
1
LO
s
CM
ra
(VJ
""^
i^
X
'"'
(NJ
LO
~~-^
r^i
(/3
p
ro
fe
t^
ON
o
i^
X
CM
CM CO
(M
,
t^
t^
O
^^
t^
-*
1
1
1
1 1
(N
CO
CM
H
^
<^\
>— 1
w
X
(M <N
(M
m
OvJ
a
r-^
§
P
VO
•^
rO
X
t^
X
CM
CO
CM
,_,
ON
X
>
ro
fc
,-H
00
'^
1
1
1
1
O
CO
CM
D
CO
(^1
»— 1
t^
X
(M
<M
►J
m
^
D
'^l
'O
I^
Z
p
t^
"7
CO
^o
t^
X
(N
CO
Q
(M
^
o
•d
<
2S
>^
CO
fe
<^i
00
^
1
oi
1
1
O
CM
CO
CO
•5
CQ
'^i
D
•J.
o
rN
iSi
!_
H
;:j
(T)
tn
'T'
00
rg
r^
^
CM
CO
l^
o
CO
NO
C
—
<
>^'
fO
— '
00
'i-
1
1
1
ON
t-^
CM
.1
^
ro
<N1
^^
r^
X
r-H
(M
■<^
~
^
PQ
^^
G
■—
<
IM
<u
ZA
>
Cn
Cu
<
O
t.
1-
1
X
1
CM
i
CO
1
LO
O
On
CM
O
CO
r^
"rt
-^
<
""^
r^
X
'"'
(N
CM
_n
in
CN
t3
Q
P
OO
v
<-o
~
r^
X
_
CO
X
LO
In.
X
^>
>h"
0\
fe
00
^
1
1
1
1
LO
CO
rg
"5
<
rO
T— <
t^
X
y—i
CNJ
CM
c
ffi
IN
s
X
og
H
•— <
Z
'
CN
OS
c
r-^
i-O
T
CO
^
1^
X
CM
CO
CM
On
X
NO
«
S
^
Ph
X
't
. 1
.i^
1
1
O
CO
CM
-o
tt
rg
rvJ
w
X
(NJ
(N
-. ^ .?. ^ -7^.
3
rt :£ " "
X Si
i£
(jj
rt
i5
u
o
"rt
rt
u
JS
a
3
g
D
^_
o
c
C/^
1— 1
o
H
I ^"^ J i
ct _ fcJO bjC
H H S S
The Great Basin Naturalist
22 WlLMEk W. TANNER Vol. Il,No. 1,
ruuLisiiED Records: Cedar City Canyon (Van Denburgh 1922
p. 745) (Pack 1930 p. 14); Provo (Van Denburgh 1922 p. 745)
(Tanner 1928 p. 27) (Pack 1930 p. 14) ; Salt Lake, Tooele Valley,
Moroni, Bountiful, and Vernal (A. M. Woodbury 1931 p. 93) ; 8
miles South of Price (Hardy 1939) ; Alpine, Lehi, and Mt. Pleasant
(W. W. Tanner 1940 p. 143).
New Records : Plobble Creek Canyon, 3 miles East of Thistle,
Cedar Valley and Spanish Fork, Utah County; Neola, Duchesne
County; Pine Valley, Washington County; Fillmore. Millard County;
Helper, Carbon County, Utah.
Remarks: A number of Lamprupcltis f. ycutilis captured in Utah
County have been observed in the laboratory for several weeks at a
time, but as yet feeding has not been observed. Two specimens B.Y.U.
No. 2718 collected at Lehi by Harold Hutchings April 30, 1939, and
No. 2924, collected in Hobble Creek Canyon by C.C.C. boys, Aug.
1940, contained adult lizards, Sc do poms g. graciosus.
The color pattern of this species is quite variable, ranging from a
predominance of red to a predominance of black. Specimen B.Y.U.
No. 520, collected in Hobble Creek Canyon 1937, has 33 complete red
bands ranging from 2-6 scales in width at the dorsal. In this speci-
men the black bands, anterior to the tail, do not contact each other,
either ventrally or dorsally. A second specimen B.Y.U. No. 2756 col-
lected in Alpine, 1939, has only 5 complete red bands and these are
only 1-2 scales wide at the dorsal. The black bands are all in contact
on the ventral. The white band- — and I have seen no Utah specimens
with a yellow band as suggested by other writers — averaged 2 scales
wide. The head is black with flecks of red or white or both on the
frontal, prefrontals and internasals. In some specimens, B.Y.LT. No.
2924 for example, the entire head is flecked with red and white. The
labials are often white margined with black, and the first white ring
usually, but not always, involves the tips of the parietals.
The distribution of this species appears to be state wide, although
much collecting must be done to varify this belief.
Several specimens of this snake have been collected during its hi-
bernation and it seems noteworthy to report them at this time. ( )n(.'
specimen collected in Cedar Valley Dec. 10, 1940, was taken while
digging holes for power line poles. The snake was found in sandy
soil 4 feet from the surface. A second specimen was taken from a
gravel ])it near Helper, Utah, December 15, 1940, by Lester Winters,
who gave the specimen to Mr. Horace Richards of Price Junior
Feb. 20, 1941 VARIATION in snakes of UTAH 23
College. Mr. Richards deposited the specimen in the Brigham Young
University Collection. This specimen was 6 feet under ground. An-
other specimen was taken from a gravel pit near Mt. Pleasant, Utah.
RiiiNOCHEiLUS LECONTEi Baird & Girard
Measurements and Scale Variations
B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. U. of U. B.Y.U. Avera-c
Number
1322
2863
213
2931
2036
1162
Sex
M
M
F
F
F
F
Scale Rows
23-23-19
23-23-19
23-23-19
23-23-19
23-23-19
23-23-19
Gastrosteges
202
205
207
199
197
197
201.6
Urosteges
53
53
50
46
43
46
47
vSupralabials
8-9
8-8
8-8
8-8
9-9
8-8
Infralabials
9-9
8-8
9-9
8-8
9-9
8-8
Preoculars
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
Postoculars
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
Loreal
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
Temporals
2-4
2-3
2-3
1-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
Total length
161
347
328
234
648
278
Tail length
94
50
45
32
79
36
Spots body
30
25
32
32
23
31
27.8
Spots tail
11
10
11
10
11
8
10.2
Published Records: St. George (Van Denburgh 1922 p. 776)
(Tanner 1927 p. 57) (Pack 1930 p. 7) (Woodbury 1931 p. 94) (Tan-
ner 1936 p. 269) ; Veyo (Hardy 1939), Washington County; White
Valley, Millard County, (W. W. Tanner 1940 p. 143).
New Record: Fillmore, Millard County, Utah. Summer 1940.
Remarks : Before the distribution of this species can be deter-
mined considerable more collecting must be done in western Utah
and eastern Nevada. The published records suggest that its distribu-
tion extends from southern Utah to southern Idaho.
Almost nothing is known regarding the habits of these snakes.
Specimens have been taken in the evening as they were moving from
24
WILMEK \V. TAiXNEk
The Great Basin Naturalist
Vol. 11, No. 1,
one desert shrub to another. One specimen at St. Georj^^e was taken
in a cemetery by the sexton while digging a grave.
The numbers of undivided caudal plates varies greatly in the
Utah specimens, six specimens range from 14 to 47 undivided plates
Two California specimens varied from 14 to 51.
Thamnophi.s eques (Reuss)
Measurements and Scale Variation.s
B.Y.U. B.Y.r. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U.
Number 211 1093 109.S 259 1176 1094 212
Sex F F F F F M M
Scale Rows 1<^-19-17 19-19-17 Ii)-19-17 1<M')-17 19-19-17 19-19-17 19-19-17
Gastrosteges 170 171 167 172 171 174 171
7S 7S 70 7^ 74 86 81
8-8 8-8 8-8 7-8 8-8 8-8 8-8
10-10 10-10 10-10 10-10 10-10 10-10 10-10
1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1
Urosteges
Supralabials
Infralabials
Preoculars
Postoculars
Loreal
Temporals
Total length
Tail len-th
1-1
1-2
1-3
719
165
1-1
1-2
504
111
1-1
1-2
555
123
1-1
1-2
764
174
1-1
1-2
525
116
3-4
1-1
1-2
470
113
3 4
1-1
1-2
1-3
429
104
PrBi.isi-iED Records: Moab, Grand Co., and Bluff, San Juan Co..
Utah (Tanner 1928 p. 270) (Woodbury 1931 p. 100).
Remarks : Apparently the only observations on the habitats of
these snakes have been made by Dr. A. G. Ruthven and Dr. V. M.
Tanner. Both suggest their habitats to be in the immediate vicinity
of streams. Dr. Ruthven indicates that their food consists of "frogs
and tadpoles which abound in this habitat."
The range of this species in Utah is rather indefinite. It has been
taken from only two localities in the Colorado River area of southern
Utah.
Feb. 20, 1941 variation in snakes of utah 25
Trimorphodon lyrophanes (Cope)
Measurements and Scale Variations
B.Y.U.
B.Y.U.
B.Y.U.
B.Y.U.
U.C.L.A.
Averag
Number
653
502
501
1798
26
Sex
F
F
F
M
F
Scale Rows
21-23-16
20-21-15
22-22- LS
23-23-15
23
Gastrosteges
236
227
229
218
229
Urosteges
65
78
69
77
63
Supralabials
8-8
9-9
9-10
9-9
10-9
Tnfrailabials
12-13
12-12
12-12
11-12
12-11
Preoculars
3-?>
2-2
3-2
3-3
Postoculars
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-3
3-3
Loreals
2-1
2-2
2-2
2-2
3-3
Temporals
3-4
3-A
3-5
3-4
3-4
Total lengtli
657
359
611
296
756
Tail length
101
59
102
50
116
Spots on body
31
30
28
32
31
30.14
Spots on tail
12
15
14
16
13
14
Published Records: Springdale, (Zion Canyon) (Woodbury
1931 p. 106) Zion Canyon National Park, (Klauber 1940) (W. W.
Tanner 1940 p. 145) St. George, Washington County, Utah (V. M.
Tanner 1935 p. 269) (W. W. Tanner 1940 p. 145).
Remarks : Collecting in Utah has produced to date five speci-
mens of the Lyre Snake, all coming from the Lower Sonoran life
zone, or areas very closely associated with an connected to it. Just
why this species is rarely collected is not known. We surmise that it
is on the northern fringe of its range or that its habits are so secre-
tive as to make its capture extremely difficult. Two specimens were
collected by Dr. D. E. Beck at the base of the Sugar Loaf hill, St.
George, Utah. One specimen had crowded between two flakes of a
large rock and the other was found in the soil underneath the same
rock. A third specimen collected by Dr. V. M. Tanner was found
under a rock on the Sugar Loaf. The fourth specimen was found on
the road by Dr. Beck.
The Great Basin Naturalist
26 uilmi:k \v. tanner Vol. II, No. 1,
The liabits of this snake are not well known. They are known,
however, to feed on lizards (Woodbury 1931). Dr. Van Denburgh
reported a specimen which contained 16 eggs. No infcjrmation can
be added from the specimens which I have studied.
An examination of the four specimens at my disposal, provides
the following additional scale variations : The frontal is not in con-
tact with the preoculars in either of the specimens. The scales be-
tween the nearest ventral and infralabial, range from 6 to 7 scales.
It is interesting to note that the two extremes in the caudals for fe-
males exist in Utah specimens, 63 to 78 scales. Equally interesting is
the low ventral count of 218 in the single Utah male specimen. The
body scales are smooth and imbricate, and the anal is divided in all
Utah specimens.
The color pattern while variable, is in the main gray with medium
brown blotches.
Tantilla uTANENSis Blanchard
Measurements and Scale Variations
B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U. B.Y.U.
Number
310
1240
1571
1518
1553
180
2878
2332
Sex
M
F
F
M
M
W
F
F
Scale Rows
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Gastrosteges
154
174
170
157
158
157
167
169
Urosteges
26
62
63
66
68
*
00
60
Supralabials
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
Infralabials
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-6
6-6
Preoculars
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
Postoculars
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
2-2
Temporals
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
Total length
214
167
215
270
242
137
141
Tail length
*
37
50
72
61
*
28
27
Published Records: St. George (Van Denburgh 1922 p. 880)
(V. M. Tanner 1927 p. 57) (Pack 1930 p. 10) (Woodbury 1931 p.
108) (V. M. Tanner 1935 p. 269) (Blanchard 1938 p. 372) ; Virgin
Mountain (M. Woodbury 1931 p. 108) ; and Schwitz Indian Reserva-
tion, Washington Co., Utah (W. W. Tanner 1940 p. 145).
Feb. 20, 1941 variation in snakes of utah ••27
Remarks: In 1938 a post humous paper b\- Dr. Frank N. Blanch-
ard was published in which he described the Utah Taiitilla, and gave
to it the name of Taiitilla iitahcnsis, and St. George, Washington Co.,
Utah was designated as the type localit}-. In previous reports the
Utah Taiitilla had been referred to as T. iiigriccps or T. nigriccps
ciseni.
During Dr. lUanchard's visit at Rrigham Young University in De-
cember 1935, many specimens were studied by him, five of which were
loaned to him at that time. These five specimens are referred to as
the " Beck Collection," and are designated as paratypes. These speci-
mens are still at the University of Michigan.
Specimen No. 310 (2274) is the only paratype specimen in the
Brigham Young University Collection although we have 5 specimens,
Nos. 1240, 1571, 1553. 1518, and 1800 that are topotypes.
HIIJLTOGRAPHY
Blanch ARD, Frank N.
1923. Comments on the Ring-neck Snakes (genus Diadophis),
with diagnosis of new forms. Univ. Mich., Occasional
Paper, Alus. Zook, 142: 1-9.
1938. Snakes of the Genus Tantilla in the United States. Field
Mus. Nat. Hist., Zook Ser., 20: 369-376.
BOGERT, C. M.
1939. A study of the Genus Salvadora, the Patch-nosed Snakes.
Pubk Univ. Calif, at Los Angeles in Biol. Sci., Vol. I, No.
10, pp. 177-236, pis. 3-7, figs, in text, 2 maps.
Hardy, Ross
1938. An Annotated List of Reptiles and Amphibians of Carbon
County, Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Vol. 15, pp. 99-102.
1939. Some Notes on Utah Reptiles. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Vol.
16, p. 83.
Klauber, L. M.
1940. The Lyre Snakes (Genus Trimorphodon) of the United
States. Trans, of the San Diego Soc. of Nat. Hist.. Vol.
IX, No. 19, pp. 163-194, plate 7, map.
Knowlton, G. F. and W. L. Thomas
1935. Insect food of Troutcreek Lizards. Proc. Ut. Acad, of Sci.,
Arts & Letters, Vol. 12, pp. 263-64.
Pack, Herbert J.
1930. Snakes of Utah. Compiled by G. F. Knowlton. Utah Agr.
Exp. Station, Bull. No. 221.
The Great Basin Naturalist
28 WILMER \V. TANNER Vol. II, No. 1,
Presnell, C. C.
1937. Herpetological Notes from Zion National Park. Copiea,
No. 4. December, p. 232.
RuTHVEN, Alexander G.
1908. Variations and Genetic Relationships of the Garter-Snakes.
Smithsonian Inst. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 61.
Tanner, Vasco M.
1927. Distribution List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Utah,
No. 1. Copeia No. 163, pp. 54-58.
1928. Distributional List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of L'tah,
No. 2, Copeia No. 166, pp. 23-28.
1929. Distributional List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Utah,
No. 3, Copeia No. 171, pp. 46-52.
1935. Western Worm-Snake, Siayoitodoii huniUis (Baird & Gi-
rard) Found in LUah. Proc. Utah. Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, Vol. XII, pp. 267-270.
Tanner, Wilmer W.
1939. Reptiles of Utah County. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, Vol. XVI, p. 105.
1940. Notes on the Herpetological Specimens Added to the Brig-
ham Young University Vertebrate Collection During 1939.
The Great Basin Naturalist, Vol. I, Nos. 3, 4. pp. 138-146.
Van Denburgh, John
1922. The Reptiles of Western North America. Calif. Acad, of
Sci.. Vol. II. pp. 61-1028.
Woodbury, A. M.
1928. The Reptiles of Zion National Park, Copeia No. 166, pp.
14-21.
1931. A Descriptive Catalog of the Reptiles of Utah, Univ. of
Utah Bull. Vol. XXI, No. 5.
STUDIES IN THE WEEVILS (JF THE WESTERN UNITI-JJ
STATES NO. IV: A NEW SPECli:S OF GIMBOCERA"'
VASCO M. TANNER
Professor of Zoology and Entomology
Brigham Young University
CiMBocEKA PETERSON 1 Taiiiiei', iiew species
Female: Body oblong and robust. Rostrum moderately con-
stricted at base, median and lateral sulci well developed but obscured
by imiiricate spatulate vari-colored scales which cover all parts of the
body and appendages except the clubs of the antennae which are
bi-o\vnish due to a fine vestiture of setae ; twice as long as wide at
base, distal one and one half times as wide as base. Thorax widest
at base; lateral and median vittae of whitish roundish scales. Elytral
striae prominent, eleven at middle, intervals smooth and covered with
lead-colored scales among which are interspersed whitish ones. The
intervals contiguous to the suture are covered with whitish scales
which tend to develop a vittae appearance in some specimens. The
body and appendages have erect whitish setae which arise from be-
tween the scales. (Jn the elytral intervals there is a semblance of two
rows of setae to each interval. The length of the body from the
prothorax to the apex of the elytra in the type is 8.6 mm ; greatest
body width 4 mm. Two females before me are only 5 mm. in length.
Figure 1.
The female genitalia, as shown in Figure 2, is similar to pauper,
of this genus, according to illustrations by Ting, (1940). (2) The styli
are modified as in C. pauper. In petersoni the valvifers and coxites
are distinct but not so heavily sclerotized as in pauper. The genitalia
of C. buchanani Figure 2c. is similar to C. petersoni and pauper except
for the styli and fused coxite and valvifer. This type of genitalia is
used to deposit eggs on leaf or stem surfaces or in open cracks of
plants. The spermatheca of petersoni is similar to buchanani, Figure
2f. The hind tibia of C. petersoni is shown in Figure 2g.
(1) Contribution No. 88, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham
Young University.
(2) Ting, P. C, 1940. Revisional Notes Concerned with Cimbocera and
Related Genera. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 39, part 2, pp. 128-157, Pis.
24-26. December 13. 1940.
29
30
VASCO M. TANNER
The Great Basin Naturalist
Vol. II, No. 1,
Male. The male of this species may readily be distinguished from
the female by the thorax being widest at the middle and the dense
long whitish setae of the thorax and elytra. In the three males before
me the woolly setae of the elytra has a length of 1.8 mm, which gives
the males a marked bearded appearance over that of the females.
The third tarsal segment, especially of the first and second legs, is
well developed being about twice as long as in the female. The male
l"'ig. 1. Drawing of holotype, Cimhocera pctersoni, new species
10 times.
Feb. 20, 1941 a new species of cimbocera !31
.u^enitalia, Figure 2d and e, are different to any other species of this
and related genera which have been studied. The length of the male
from the prothorax to the apex of the elytra is 7.5 mm.
If we follow the key to species of Cimhocera as prepared by Mr!
Peter Ting (1940), petersoni may be separated from other species as
follows:
1. Tarsal bristles and tibial spinules pitch black. Pronotum
slightly tuberculate hiichanani Ting
Tarsal bristles and tibial spinules yellow or reddish
brown. Pronotum smooth 2
2. Rostral setae length subequal with head setae. Rostrum
with narrow median sulcus ; slightly constricted at
base and one-third to one-half longer than broad.
Color predominantly dark brown pauper Horn.
Rostral setae equal in length with the head setae. Ros-
trum with well developed median and lateral sulci ;
moderately constricted at base and distal one and one-
times as wide as base. Color greyish with some
specimens having distinct light and dark vittae on
thorax and elytra ; setae short in females, long in
males petersoni, new species
Rostral setae only one-fourth length of head setae. Ros-
trum without median sulcus ; greatly constricted at
base and not. or only slightly, longer than l)road.
Color grey mottled brown or black conspersa Fall
Type Locality : The Virgin River at St. George, Washington
County, Utah. Ten specimens were collected in 1892. by Mr. C. J.
Weidt, which are from the Charles W. Leng Collection. The writer
collected six specimens in March and April, 1921 and 1922 at St.
George, elevation 3,000 feet ; one specimen at Washington, Washing-
ton County, Utah in April 1921 ; and one specimen, a female, at In-
dianola, Sanpete County, Utah, elevation 6,200 feet, in June 1919. I
also have before me one specimen collected at St. George by A. Al.
Woodbury. The type and twelve paratypes, on pins, are in the writer's
collection at Brigham Young University. Two paratypes were sent
to Mr. L. L. Buchanan of the U. S. National Museum, Washington,
D. C. and one paratype was deposited in the Entomological collection
of the California Academy of Sciences at San Francisco.
This species is named in memory of Mr. Mervin H. Peterson, an
alumnus of Brigham Young University. Mr. Peterson was born at
Payson, Utah, on December 4, 1908. He graduated from the Payson
32
VASCO M. TANNER
The Great Basin Naturalist
Vol. II. No. 1.
High School in 1927 and the P)righam Young University, with an
A. B. degree with a major in Zoology, in 1936. In 1936-37 he was a
graduate assistant in Zoology. He died in May, 1937 following a
goiter operation. Mr. Peterson was a very capable and promising
student of Zoology. At the time of his death, he was working on the
phylogeny of the weevils.
\-^ ' ir^\ ..aceiabulijiii
.anterior
-comb
Fig. 2. Genitalia of Cirnhoccra petcrsoni. a. ventral view of female
genitalia; b. lateral view of female genitalia; c. ventral view of female
genitalia of Cimbocera huchanani, a closely related species ; d. and e.
dorsal and lateral views of male genitalia of Cimbocera petersoni ;
f. spermatheca of Cimbocera petersoni; g. apice of hind tibia of
Cimbocera petersoni.
WILLIS STANLEY BLATCHLEY (1859-1940)
VASCO M. TANNER (1)
Professor of Zoology and Entomology
Brigham Young University
The passing of Willis Stanley Blatchley must cause Entomologists,
especially students of the Coleoptera of the United States, to pause
and pay homage to the memory of one of the most distinguished of
their ranks.
Willis S. Blatchley was born in North Madison, Connecticut on
October 6, 1859, and passed away at his home in Indianapolis, In-
diana on May 28, 1940. His parents moved to Indiana in 1860, and
this became the home state of our noted Naturalist. Blatchley at-
tended the grade school of Putnam Comity, and in 1879 began teach-
ing, at which he spent his winter months until 1883 wdien he entered
the University of Indiana as a student of Drs. David Starr Jordon
and John C. Branner. He graduated in 1887 with an A. B. degree,
writing a thesis on " The Flora of Monroe County, Indiana." In
June 1891, he received an A. M. degree, his thesis this time dealt with
"The Butterflies of Indiana." Thirty years later, 1921, his Alma
Mater conferred upon him the degree of Doctor of Laws (LL.D.).
In 1894 he was elected on the Republican ticket to the office of
State Geologist of Indiana, which office he successfully held for six-
teen years.
Dr. Blatchley was the author of 246 scientific papers and books.
The first of his papers " On the American Species of the Genus
Umbra," was published in 1885 in the Proceedings of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, while his last paper, "Blatch-
leyana II." was published privately in 1939. The following books —
Coleoptera of Indiana, 1910, pp. 1-1386, figs. 1-595; RhyncliopJiora
or Weevils of Northeastern America, 1916, pp. 1-682, figs. 1-155 (Co-
author with Chas. Leng) ; The Orthoptera of Northeastern America,
1920, pp. 1-784, pis. I-VII, figs. 1-246; The Indiana Weed Book, 1912,
pp. 1-192, figs. 1-139; Heteroptera or True Bugs of Eastern North
America, 1926, pp. 1-1116, pis. I-XII, fig. 1-215 ; The Fishes of Indiana,
(1) Contribution No. 90, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Erigham
Young University.
33
The Great Baiiin Naturalist
34 WILLIS STANLEY KLATCITLF.Y ( 1859-1940) \'()1. II. Xo. 1.
1938, pp. 1-121, fig. 1-39; and Blatchleyana 1 and II, all of which con-
tain more than 4404 pages and 1395 figures will long serve as indis-
pensable handbooks for the areas covered.
Not only was Dr. Blatchley a prolific wTiter and compiler of in-
formation concerning already described species, but he also described
14 new genera of insects, 11 Coleoptera and 3 Heteroptera; 470 spe-
cies of insects — of which 224 are Coleoptera; 131 Rhynchophora
(weevils) ; 66 Heteroptera and 29 Orthoptera. In 1935 he deposited
his entire collection of mounted specimens along with copies of all
his books and papers in the cabinets of the Department of Entomology
at Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana. Included in this collection
were 470 holotype specimens of new species of insects which he had
described.
On July 12. 1928, I visited Dr. Blatchley at his home on 1530
Park Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana. After seeing his collections, es-
pecially the weevils, I obtained from him several specimens including
two paratypes of Blapstiinis acicuhis Blatchley. Following this visit,
I carried on an interesting correspondence with him. In 1930, I pur-
chased 300 species of weevils from him. These were in capsules and
consisted of from 4 to 10 specimens each. Again in 1939, I purchased
83 cuts which were used mainly in his Rhynchophora book. My last
letter from Dr. Blatchley, in his own handwriting, came to me from
Dunedin, Florida under date of January 4, 1940. Dr. Blatchley had
spent his winters in Florida since 1911. I quote the following from
this letter:
"Dear Dr. Tanner :
"I came down here, where I have a winter home, on December 3. I
had a sorrowful Christmas as my only brother died in a hospital at Green-
castle, Indiana on December 22d. He was 67 years of age and had lived
on the farm where he was born all his life. He never married but lived
with a sister also unmarried. I saw him last on October 6, my 80th birth-
day, when he and I went fishing together, as we often did in Walnut Creek.
"Did you receive a copy of my "Blatchleyana 11-1940 — an addenda to
my Blatchleyana 1930 — sent you some years ago? T ordered one sent to
you some time in October.
"Dr. J. C. Bradley, who is getting out a large textbook on the tax-
onomy of insects, bought all the remaining cuts of my 4 manuals to use
as illustrations. The only cuts I have left are those from my 6 nature
books, my Indiana weed book and Butterflies and Birds of Indiana. These
T would be glad to sell when I return to Indianapolis in May."
Dr. P)latchley was a typical example of what we call the "old time
naturalist." For him the stars, the soil and rocks, the wild flowers,
Feb. 20. 1941 vasco m. tanner 35
trees, birds, fishes and insects held ihe secrets of the universe which
he tried to fathom. His nature books such as Woodland Idyls; My
Nature A' oak; In Days Agonc; Boulder Reveries, and South America
as I Saw If, contain his philosophy of hfe. and are also filled with joy
and satisfaction gained through a full life. We cjuote the following"
from Blatchleyana, 1930, page 16:
"For fifteen yeasr I have been ;i natu^ali^t. They have been years
full of work, of hopes of ambitions. Happiest those days when I have been
alone in woods and fields, when 1 was learning for the first time lessons
from nature — lessons purer, nobler and better than I ever expect to learn
from the books of man — lessons showing me the close relationship exist-
ing among all animate and inanimate things — teaching me that this world,
this universe of ours, is not made up of single, isolated objects and forces,
but that each object, each force is but a necessary part of one grand and
perfect whole. At the end of fifteen years I am still a tyro — still learn-
ing daily new facts from the book of nature, still, and ever expect to i)e,
a tramp naturalist. 1 still delight to chase tlie winged butterfly o'er field
and pasture ; draw the seine through ripple and shallow for silvery min-
now and rainbow darter — climb hill and wade through pond for partridge
berry or water lily, or wander all day tlirough thicket and forest in search
of hermit thrush and hooded warbler. For, as Emerson has said: "In
the woods a man casts off his years as the snake liis slough and at what
period soever of life is always a child. In the woods is perpetual youth."
Dr. Blatchley played an important role in American Entomology
and Natural History. His books will long be of value to Zoologists
of the United States. The words of Edwin Markham express our
feelings at his departure : —
"As when a lordly cedar green with boughs.
Goes down with a great shout upon the hills
And leaves a lonesome place against the sky."
Interesting Coleoptera Records for Utah
The following species of Coleoptera are reported at this time because of their
rarity in collections in this region. Wickham and Wolcott (1912), lists ten species
of Cleridae not reported at this time. Careful collecting in Utah will add a num-
ber of species to the following families.
FAMILY CLERIDAE
Munophylla californica Fall. St. George, Washington Co., April 20, 1924. Three
specimens were taken by the writer on Prosopis ylandulosa Torr.
Cymatodera latefascia Schffr. The Hall, Escalante desert, 50 miles south of
Escalante, Garfield Co., June 1936 and St. George, May 1922. V.M.T.
C. oinpcnnis Lee. Boulder, Garfield Co., July 1936. V.M.T.
C. morosa Lee. Trout Creek, Tooele Co., June and July. Tom Spalding.
C. fuchsi Schflfr. "Ten Mile", south of Escalante, Garfield Co., June 1936. V.M.T.
C. bruwiea Spin. St. George, Washington Co., June 1922. V. M. T.
Thanasimus undnlatus niibilus King. Steep Creek, Aquarius Palteau, Garfield Co.,
June 1936. V.M.T.
Clerus rosmarns Say. Indianola, Sanpete Co., July 7, 1920. V.M.T.
C. spinolae Lee. Glendale, Kane Co., July 1927. D. I. Rasmussen.
C. lacfiis abruptiis Lee. Henrieville, Garfield Co., September 1937. V.M.T.
C. lecontei Wolc. Glendale, Kane Co., May 1932 and Meadow, Millard Co., June.
V.M.T.
C. eximius Mann. Wellsville Canyon, Cache Co., June 1926. C. J. D. Brown ;
Provo Bench, Utah Co. V.M.T. ; Provo, Utah Co., April and May. Harry P.
Chandler.
Trichodcs apivorus Germ. Henrieville, Garfield Co., September 1937. V.M.T.
Abundant on rabbit brush, Chrysothamnus sp.
T. ornatus Say. This species is widely distributed throughout the state, being
common on the blossoms of various flowers. The males and females are
variously colored greenish or orange-red with black markings. No specimens
of the sub-species tenellus Lee, from Utah, are in the collection.
Hydnocera lecontei Wolc. Riverdale, Weber Co., June 1926. V.M.T. ; Provo,
Utah Co., September. H. P. Chandler.
FAMILY BYRRHIDAE
Cytilus alternattis longulus Csy. Aspen Grove, Mt. Timpanogos, Utah Co., Kiev.
6800 feet, August. H. P. Chandler ; Utah Lake, Utah Co., May 1927. John E.
Blazzard; St. George, Washington Co. Truman Swallow.
Byrrhus laramxensis Csy. Aspen Grove, Mt. Timpanogos, Utah Co., July 1927.
V.M.T.
FAMILY EROTYLIDAE
Languria convcxicoUis Horn. Dividend, Utah Co., May 24. Tom Spalding.
Acropteroxys lecontei Cr. Provo, Utah Co., June 20, 1937. H. P. Chandler.
—V. M. T.
36
BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY
Largest private institution of higher learning in the Intermountain
Region, Brigham Young University is organized into five colleges, three
divisions, and the graduate school. Four quarters of instruction are
provided annually.
Colleges of Applied Science
Arts and Sciences
Commerce
Education
Fine Arts
Divisions of Religion
Research
Extension
Graduate School
Summer School
Departments of Instruction
Accounting and Business
Administration
Agricultural Economics
Agronomy
Animal Husbandry
Art
Bacteriology
Bible and Modern Scripture
Botany
Chemistry
Church History
Church Organization and
Administration
Economics
Educational Administration
Elementary Education
English
Finance and Banking
Geology and Geography
History
Home Economics
Horticulture and Landscape
Architecture
JournaUsm
Library
Marketing
Mathematics
Mechanic Arts
Modern and Classical Languages
Music
Office Practice
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Philosophy of Education
Psychology
Secondary Education
Sociology
Speech
Theology and Religious
Philosophy
Zoology and Entomology
NATIONALLY ACCREDITED
For further information, write
The President
BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY
Provo, Utah
NEW CrNTURY PRINTINS CO., PROVO, UTAH
Volume II
Number 2
The Great Basin Naturalist
June 30, 1941
^ (AUG 6 1941
TABLE OF CONTENTS ^-i^d^jii}-
Some Nematodes of the Family Tylenchidae Which Do Not Pos-
sess a Valvular Median Esophageal Bulb, Gerald Thorne . 37
Lesser Yellow Legs, New Record for Washington County, Utah 86
The Reptiles and Amphibians of Idaho No. I, Wilmer W. Tanner 87
Gull Banding Notes at Utah Lake 98
New Species of Coleoptera from Utah, Harry P. Chandler . . 99
Painted Lady Butterfly in Migration 104
Three New Mammals (Microtus and Ochotona) from Utah,
E. R. Hall and C. L. Hayward 105
Published at Provo, Utah, by the
Department of Zoology and Entomology of
Brigham Young University
The Great Basin Naturalist
Vasco M. Tanner, Editor
C. Lynn Hayward, Assistant Editor
A journal published four times a year by the Department of
Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
Manuscripts. Only original unpublished manuscripts, pertaining
to the Great Basin and the Western United States in the main, will be
accepted. Manuscripts are subjected to the approval of the editor.
Illustrations. All illustrations should be made with a view to
having them appear within the limits of the printed page. The illus-
trations that form a part of an article should accompany the manu-
script. All half-tones or zinc etchings to appear in this Journal are
to be made under the supervision of the editor, and the cost of the
cuts is to be borne by the contributor.
Reprints. No reprints are furnished free of charge. A price
list for reprints and an order form is sent with the proof.
Subscription. The annual subscription is $1.50, (outside the
United States, $2.00). Single number, 50 cents.
All correspondence dealing with manuscripts, subscriptions, re-
prints and other business matters should be addressed to the Editor,
Great Basin Naturalist, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
Reprint Schedule of The Great Basin Naturalist
Each
Additional
2 pp.
4 pp.
6 pp.
8 pp.
10 pp.
12 pp.
2 pp.
50 copies
$2.00
$3.50
$4.50
$5.50
$6.50
$7.50
.95
100 copies
3.50
4.50
5.50
6.50
7.50
8.50
200 copies
4.75
5.75
6.75
7.75
8.75
9.75
300 copies
5.75
6.75
7.75
8.75
9.75
10.75
Covers: $5.00 for first 100 copies; $2.00 for additional 100 copies.
The Great Basin Naturalist
Published by the
Department of Zoology and Entomology
Brigham Young University. Provo. Utah
VoLVMi.:!! ^,^^5- JUNE 30. 1941 /^;..,—^^ No. 2
SOME NEMATODES OF THE FAMILY TTTENCHWAE
WHICH DO NOT POSSESS A VALVULAR
MEDIAN ESOPHAGEAL BULB
GERALD THORNE
U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry
Salt Lake City, Utah
The collection of nematodes on which this paper is based has ac-
cumulated at the Salt Lake City Station of the Division of Nematol-
ogy during the past 20 years. These specimens have been secured
from the great quantity of plant and soil material submitted for
examination and identification by various state, government and pri-
vate agencies and from the extensive faunistic collections made at this
station.
As a matter of convenience to the reader, information has been
included on related species previously described and certain others of
doubtful position. As will be noted, the classification of this group is
in a most unsatisfactory state and w"ill remain so until the nemic
fauna has been more carefully and extensively studied, for there is
no doubt that only a small portion of the existing genera and species
are here represented.
Many of the species have been found associated with the roots of
alfalfa, cotton, sugar-beets and other cultivated plants but, with the
possible exceptions of Hexatylus viviporus Goodey, 1926, and Ncoty-
Icnchus abulbosiis Steiner, 1931, none is suspected as being of economic
importance. Their generally small spears doubtless preclude any pos-
sibility of their being able to puncture the cell walls of the higher
plants and feed upon their contents unless they invade the cells as
true endoparasites. Since they are not known to be endoparasites of
either the roots or stems of the higher plants it seems most probable
that they feed on the microflora of the soil, such as algae and fungi.
Usually they are found in very small numbers which eliminates them
as' being of any particular importance under the conditions in which
they have been observed.
Three distinct types are represented in the species presented which
37
The Great Basin Naturalist
38 GERALD THORNE Vol. II, No. 2,
are here designated as the new subfamihes Ncotyloichinac, Paurodoii-
liiiac, and N othoiylcnchinac. These subfamilies are tentatively placed
under -the family Tylcnchidae but the Ncotylcnchinac and Paurodon-
iinae doubtless will eventually be raised to a family rank because they
possess certain characteristics which distinguish them from all other
tylenchs.
KEY TO SUBFAMILIES
1. Basal esophageal bulb bearing a stem-like basal exten-
sion Paurodoiitiiiac n.s.f. p. 50
l>asal esophageal bulb not bearing a stem-like basal ex-
tension 2
2. Head framework octagonal Ncotylcnchinac n.s.f. p. 38
Head framework hexagonal Nothotylcnchinac n.s.f. p. 56
Neotvlenchinae Thorne, new subfamily
Tylenciiidae. Body with a characteristic dense texture which ob-
scures anatomical details to a greater degree than is usual in Tylcnchi-
dae. Corpus of esophagus somewhat cylindroid without a typical ty-
lenchoid median bulb and valvular apparatus. Dorsal esophageal gland
frequently greatly developed. Head region octagonal, the framework
divided into 8 sectors, some of which may be greatly modified. Arches
of cephalic framework generally much lower than in other Tylcnchi-
dae, forming a low rounded lip region. There are probably ten cepha-
lic papillae although all of them have not been observed on some
species. These are arranged on the two lateral and four submedial
lips, six minute ones close to the entrance to the vestibule and fom^
near the margins of the submedial lips. Ovary prevulvar, a rudi-
mentary posterior uterine branch rarely present. Spicula and guber-
naculum tylenchoid or of very aberrant types (Hcxatylus fnnyontin
and lotonchiiim. impcrfcctuni).
Diagnosis : Tylcnchidae without a valvular median esophageal
bulb. Differentiated from Nothotylcnchinac by the more dense tex-
ture of the body, the octagonal lip region which is divided into 8 sec-
tors, the rare occurrence of a posterior uterine branch and, frequently,
the increased size of the dorsal esophageal gland. From Paurodoiitinac
it is immediately distinguished l)v the absence of the stem-like ex-
tension of the basal esophageal bulb so t\'pical of this subfamilw
Typs Genus: Neotylcnchus Steiner, 1931.
The subfamily Ncotylcnchinac now includes four genera possess-
ing certain general characteristics which indicate that they have a
common, though distinct, relationship. However the anatomical fea-
June 30, 1941 . nematodes of the family tylenchidae 39
tares of the esophagi and reproductive systems are very (hfferent in
these genera, whicli may indicate they they belong to an exceedingly
ancient group of organisms. Considering the apparent rarity of most
of the species included in this subfamily it would appear that the
group is now in its senility.
KEY TO GENERA OF NEOTYLENCHINAE
1. Lip region broadly expanded, spicula angular, guber-
naculum absent lotoncliiuni Cobb p. 50
Lip region not broadly expanded, spicula, where known,
not angular, gubernaculum present 2
2. b'sophagus base fused with intestine, not set off in any
manner Hcxatylus Goodey p. 48
iLsophagus base set off, bulb-like or with greatly de-
veloped glands 3
3. Intestine joining esophagus just back of nerve ring,
glands lying free in the body cavity. .Deladcnus n.g. p. 45
Intestine not joining esophagus near nerve ring, glands
within a basal bulb Neotylcnchus Steiner p. 39
GEXUS XEOTYLENCHUS STEINER, 1931
Basal bulb of esophagus definitely set off from intestine, the dorsal
esophageal gland sometimes enlarged until it forms a lobe extending
a short distance back over the intenstine. Lumen of esophagus con-
tinuous, not interrupted by a muscular valvular apparatus near the
base of the corpus. Spear generally with three definite basal knobs.
Ovary prevulvar, outstretched or reHexed. Post-uterine branch absent,
except in Neotylcnchus latus. Spicula, gubernaculum and bursa ty-
lenchoid.
Diagnosis : NcotylcHchinac possessing a definitely set off basal
esophageal bulb and a continuous lumen. Bursa, spicula, and guber-
naculum tylenchoid.
Type Species: N'eotylcnchus abulbosus Steiner, 1931.
Comparison of several species of Neotylcnchus with Hcxatylus
viviparus has demonstrated that these two genera are both valid, being
distinguished from each other by the structure of the esophagus, that
of Neotylcnchus possessing a definitely set off basal bulb and a con-
tinuous lumen while that of Hcxatylus is completely fused with the
intestine and has a direct break in the lumen near the base of the
corpus.
However extreme care must be exercised in identifying these
The Great Basin Naturalist
40 . GERALD THORNE Vol. 11, No. 2,
genera as evidenced by the fact that Dr. Steiner sent the writer speci-
mens of Hcxatyliis viviparus from Germany, which, on casual obser-
vation, were thought to be Ncotylenchus abulbosus. This led to the
writer incorrectly to identify H. viviparus as xV. abulbosus in sugar-
beets (23).
KEY TO SPECIES OF XEOTYLHXCHUS
1. Vulva almost terminal obcsus Thorne p. 44
Vulva well in front of terminus 2
2. Posterior uterine branch present latus Thorne p. 43
Posterior uterine branch absent
3. Female tails elongate conoid, a = 8-10
Female tails not elongate conoid, a = 15-20
4. Oocytes arranged tandem in ovary acutus n. sp.
Oocytes massed in ovary copropliayus (Goodey)
5. Terminus acute
Terminus blunt, rounded
6. Lip region set off by constriction, male with normal spic-
ula and spear coiisobriiius (deMan)
Lip region not set off, male with degenerate spicula and
without spear abulbosus Steiner
7. Bursa enveloping tail, $ tail sub cylindroid, very blunt
intcrmcdius (Christie)
Bursa not enveloping tail. 5 tail conoid to small, blunt
terminus arcuatus n. sp. p. 44
Neotylenchus abulbosus Steiner. 1931
Synonym: PJcxatylus abulbosus ( Steiner, 1931 ) Goixley, 1933
Plate L Fig. 1. la
5 : 0.76 mm ; a = 27 ; b = 5.5 ; c = 10.5 ; V - '^^ 86.
d' : 0.74 mm ; a = 39 ; b = 1 1.2 ; c = 20.
The cylindroid neck, tapering rapidly in its anterior fourllu and
the low rounded lip region are well illustrated in Steiner's tigvni'
(Plate 1, fig. 1) as is also the form of the esophagus which consti-
tutes one of the most important characters of this genus. ]\)steri()rl\
the body is shaped much like that of Hc.vatylus viviparus (Plate 4.
fig. 9d), the distance from the vulva to the anus being somewhat
shorter than the tail length, cuticle marked liy four wings. Eu face
the head is observed to be divided into eight sectors of practically
0
4
5
p-
42
p-
42
6
7
p-
41
p-
40
p-
45
June 30. 1941 nematodrs of thf. family tylenchfdaf 41
equal size. Spear very short, hearing outward curved processes on tlie
(Hstinct hasal knohs. Ovary outstretched, sometimes reaching as far
as the excretory pore. Male without a spear. Spicula and guher-
naculum poorly developed. Uursa crenate. rising slighth' in frcMit of
the spicula and extending to the terminus.
.\c()t\'lciiclius ahulhosKs appears to be most closely related to A'.
co)isobriiiiis from which it differs in the rounded lip region, shorter
female spear with the outward pointing curved processes of the hasal
kn(jbs, the absence of a spear in the male and the poorly developed
spicula and gubernaculum.
Steiner found this species inhabiting the buds, stems and leaves of
strawberry plants aft'ected by "yellows" or "xanthosis" from C'ah-
fornia and there appears to be little doubt that it is actualh' endo-
parasitic, although symptoms have not been accurately defined.
Rfferences: 3, 12, 13, 19, 20, 23.
Neotylenchus consobrinus (deMan, 1906) Filipjev, 1935
Synonyms: Tylciicliiis consohrinus deMan, 1906
Hcxatylus auisohrinus (deMan, 1906) Goodey, 1932
Plate ]. Fig. 2
? : 0.96 - 1.24 mm ; a == 27-36 ; b = S.7-7.?> ; c = 19-23 ; \' - 89-90.
^ : 0.83 - 0.98 mm ; a = 36^5 ; b = 6.3-7.7 ; c = 17.5-23.
The cap-like lip regicjn is set off' b}- a distinct, thcjugh slight, con-
striction. Two parts of the spear are about equal in length, the shall
bearing very small basal knobs. Esophagus in all respects very similar
to that of Neotylenchus abulbosits, definitely set off' from the intestine.
Ovary reflexed a short distance, the oocytes arranged in single file.
Posterior uterine branch absent. Vulva to anus distance slightly
greater than length of tail. Spicula and gubernaculum normally de-
veloped, tylenchoid. Bursa rising a little anterior to the spicula and
enveloping the tail. Tlie above measurements and description from
Goodey (14).
Habitat: Sandy soil, Holland, Austria and South Wales.
Transfer of this species to Ncotylenclms has l)een made on the
basis of its very close resemblance to A^ abulbosits.
Neotylenchus consobrinus is readily distinguished from A'', abul-
bosus, its nearest relative, by the set-off lip region, longer spear with
small knobs and the normal, tylenchoid spicula and gubernaculum.
References: 6, 11, 12, 14, 16.
The Great Basin Naturalist
42 GERALD THORXl=: \^ol. 1 1 , No. 2.
Nkotylknciius ACUTi'S Thorne, new species
Plate I. Fig. 3-3c
$ : 0.8 mm ; a = 26 ; h = 4.4 ; c = 9 ; V — ^o 83.
Body tapering rather uniformly to the rounded lip region which
is not set off in any manner, while posteriorly ending in a conoid acute
terminus. Transverse striae obscure, more distinct on subcuticle.
Wing area a smooth, refractive band about one-fourth as wide as the
body. En face the head region is found to have the usual eight sectors,
the lateral ones much reduced, similar to those of Ncotylcnchtis latiis
(fig. 4). Anterior portion of spear conspicuously set off, about one-
half as long as the shaft which bears small but distinct basal knobs.
Corpus of esophagus rather cylindrical narrowing to the slender isth-
nms which passes through the prominent nerve ring. Basal portion
f)f esophagus made up largely of the huge dorsal gland which extends
back over the anterior end of the intestine, crowding it to one side,
(fig. 3a). Intestine with narrow lumen and dense, thick walls. Vulva
a broad, depressed slit. Vagina well sclerotized. Ovary with oocytes
arranged in single file and forming a double flexure (fig. 3c), an un-
usual thing in this group of nemas. Male unknown and the single
female observed contained no spermatozoa.
Diagnosis: Ncotylenchus most closely related to A^. coprophag%is
Goodey, from which it differs in its longer neck, more cylindrical
corpus of esophagus, longer isthmus, more posterior position of the
excretory pore and the tandem arrangement of oocytes in the ovary.
Habitat: Frass of a bark beetle, Ips Iccontei Swaine, from pin-
yon pine, Pinus cdiilis Engelmn. near Tabiona, Utah, collected l)y L. J.
Farmer, U. S. Forest Service.
Neotylenchus coprophagus (Goodey, 1938) new combinatir-n
Plate IX, Fig. 25
? : 0.88-1.45 mm ; a ^^ 18.5-27 ; I) = 6.3-7 ; c = 8-10.4 ; V - 82-86.
Body tapering anteriorly until the lip region is only about one-
fourth as wide as the neck base, while posteriorly ending in an elon-
gate-conoid pointed tail. Spear 11 - 12 m long with small but definite
knobs. Anterior conical part of spear only half as long as shaft.
Esophagus with spimlle-shaped corpus two-thirds as wide as neck,
narrow short isthmus and lobed basal bulb. Excretory pore opposite
Tune 30, 1941 nematodes of the family tylenciiidae 43
base of lobed bulb. Ovary outstretched, several oocytes in diameter,
probably arranged about a rachis.
This species is closely related to N'cotylcnchus acntus, but differs
in shorter, more robust corpus of the esophagus, the more posterior
position of the excretory pore and the multiple rows of oocytes wliicli
probably are arranged about a rachis.
Transfer of this species to Ncotyloichus is based on the fact that
it obviously is closely related to A', acutits, which is without doubt a
Ncotylenchus. Unfortunately the figure for this species was over-
looked until the last plate was being assembled, hence its allocation
to Plate IX.
Habitat: Sheep droppings, Winches Farm, St. Albans. England.
Reference: 14.
Neotylenchus latus Thorne. 1935
Plate T. Fig. 4, 4a
?: 0.7-1.1 mm; a = 17; b = 6.3 ; c = 18 ; V — ssgS-^
c? : 0.8 mm ; a = 31 ; 1) = 4.7 ; c = 20 ; T - 65.
Female attaining its greatest width at about 65 percent. Neck
tapering uniformly to the lip region which is not set ofif in any manner.
Wing area marked by four refractive lines. Lateral sectors of head
greatly reduced, the amphid apertures distinctly elevated. Spear about
7 M long with well developed knobs. Esophagus with broadly cylindrical
corpus, narrow^ isthmus and w^ell developed, distinctly set off, basal
Inilb. Dorsal esophageal gland frequently developed until it rises from
the contour of the basal bulb but not usually so conspicuously so as
in the specimen figured in the original description.
Oocytes in several series, perhaps arranged about a narrow rachis.
Posterior uterine branch present. Spicula, gubernaculum and bursa
tylenclioid, the bursa extending almost to the end of the small but
blunt terminus.
Ncotylenchus latus is immediately distinguished l)y the presence of
a posterior uterine branch.
Habitat: Small lesions on roots of shadscale, Atriplcx confcrfi-
folia (Torr. and Frem.) S. Wats., and in the soil surrounding them
collected in the desert west of Utah Lake and Richfield, Utah. Also
from soil in wheat field near Taylorsville, L'tah.
Reference : 22.
The Great Basin Naturalist
44 GERALD THORNE Vol. 11, No. 2,
Neotylenchus obesus Thorne, 1934
Plate I, Fig. 5, 5a
?: 0.7-0.9 mtn ; a = 10-16; b = 5-6; c = 20-50; V - 95-99.
The obese bod}' varies greatly in form and width. Spear length,
7 M, with very small knobs. Head rounded with delicate framework in
eight almost equal sectors. Esophagus with somewhat spindle-shaped
corpus, narrow isthmus and definitely set ofif basal bulb but the latter
generally is obscured by the ovary. Ovary outstretched to opposite
nerve ring or even further, with many oocytes in a circumference, ap-
parently arranged about a rachis. Vulva transverse, sometimes almost
terminal. Male unknown.
No other known Ncotylcnchus has such an obese, almost sausage-
shaped body and posteriorly located vulva.
Habitat: Eight females from small pit-like lesions on alfalfa
crowns, Greely. Colorado.
Reference: 21.
Neotylenchu.s arcuatus Thorne, new species
Plate 2, Fig. 6 - 6d
$ : 1.1 mm ; a = 15 ; b = 9 ; c = 22.5 ; V — ^2 §8.
c^: 1.1 mm; a= 39; b = 6.3 ; c = 17 ; T - 53.
The obese body of the female usually is found coiled into an open
"C". The wing area bears six refractive lines which, on the male
occupy about one-fifth of the body width. Lip region divided into the
usual eight sectors, the lateral ones which bear the amphids being
much reduced. Spear unusually slender, almost devoid of basal knobs.
Corpus of esophagus with a slight basal swelling; basal bulb with en-
larged glands extending back over its junction with the intestine.
Intestine with dense, thick cells in which the nuclei are plainly visible.
Ovary sometimes outstretched but generally retlexed a short distance.
Posterior uterine branch absent. Eggs slightly longer than body width
and half as wide as long. Vulva a broad, transverse slit with elevated
labia. Male tail usually bent somewhat dorsad. Testis outstretched.
Spicula and gubernaculum tylenchoid. Bursa crenate, extending from
a point about opposite the proximal ends of the spicula to near the
terminus of the tail.
Diagnosis: Ncotylcnchus with six lines in the wing area, spear
June 30, 1941 nematodes of the family tylenchidae 45
only slightly knobbed, short bknit female tail and a longer, more
pointed male tail.
Habitat: Soil about roots of Larrca Iridciitata (D. C. ) \'ail..
collected near I.ittlefield, Arizona, by 1*2. W. Davis, LJ. S. Bureau of
Entomology and Plant Quarantine.
Neotylenchus intermedius (Christie. 1938) new combination
Synonym : Hcxaiylus intermedius Christie, 1938.
Plate III
?: 1.46 mm; a = 36; b = 7; c = 21 ; V - 88-94.
c^: 1.21 mm; a = 35; b = 8; c = 21.
Head rounded, not distinctly set off, dorsal and ventral sectors
much reduced. Six minute papillae closely grouped about the oral en-
trance. Spear 4 to 4.5 m long with distinct, somewhat diverging basal
knobs. Ovary with S-shaped tlexure. Other characters as illustrated
in Christie's illustration, Plate HI.
Neotylenchus intermedius is immediately distinguished by the very
small spear and the subcylindroid, blunt female tail.
Habitat: Decaying citrus fruit. Riverside, California.
Regarding its habits. Dr. Christie states: "Neotylenchus inter-
medius was kept on cultures for about three months. At two-week
intervals it was transferred to new cultures on which the fungus
Alternaria citri previously had been established. It laid eggs freely,
l)uilt up a moderately large population and appeared to thrive fairly
well."
The writer is indebted to Dr. Christie for the loan of his excellent
plate.
Reference : 3.
GENUS DELADENUS THORNE. NEW GENUS
Neotylenchinae. Esophagus joining intestine immediately be-
hind nerve ring, the esophageal glands lying free in the body. A
chamber-like valvular apparatus sometimes present in the base of the
corpus of the esophagus. Vulva located less than 10% from terminus.
Ovary prevulvar. Posterior uterine branch absent. Spicula and guber-
naculum tylenchoid. Bursa practically enveloping tail.
Diagnosis : Neotylenchinae with the above general characters.
Especially distinctive because the intestine joins the esophagus imme-
diately behind the nerve ring.
Type Species: Deladenus durus (Cobb) new combination.
The Great Basin Naturalist
46 GERALD THORNE Vol. II, No. 2,
Deladenus durus (Cobb. 1922) new combination
Synonym: Tyloiclnts ditrus Cobb, 1922.
Plate II, Figs. 7- 7i
? : 1.0 mm : a = 30-50 ; b = 8-10; c = 25 ; V - ^n 93
c^ : 1.0 mm ; a = 50 ; b = 8.0 ; c = 24.0 ; T - 65.
Body rather uniformly cylindrical except at the extremities where
it tapers distinctly (figs. 7, 7f). Cuticle marked by transverse striae
about 1.5 m apart. Wing area elevated, consisting of six longitudinal
elements. Deirids located in about the latitude of the excretory pore.
Phasmids not seen. A single papillae was observed on each of the
four rounded lips. Amphid apertures located close to entrance of
vestibule. En face the head framework is seen to be divided into eight
sectors the lateral ones being much reduced. Spear about 8 a^ long
with well developed basal knobs. Corpus of esophagus with a fusi-
form basal swelling which contains an ovoid valvular apparatus, which
probably is similar in action to that of Hcxatylus viviparus. The
narrow isthmus passes through the conspicuous nerve ring immedi-
ately to join the anterior end of the intestine. Joining the dorsal side
of the isthmus is the unusually large dorsal esophageal gland which is
from four to six times as long as the corresponding body diameter
and contains a conspicuous nucleus. The ventrosubmedian glands and
their nuclei were not observed. Excretory pore with heavily sclerotized
tube which soon is lost to sight in the body tissues but which probably
leads to a conspicuous gland nucleus about 10 body widths posterior
to the pore. Intestinal lumen very narrow, beginning to zig-zag almost
immediately behind the esophagus and finally becoming twisted and
convoluted in a most amazing manner (fig. 7g). Cells of intestine
small, the nuclei lying between the bends of the lumen. In some speci-
mens the lumen was broad at is junction with the rectum (fig. 7h ) in
others it remained narrow (fig. 7f).
Vulva a broad, transverse slit from which the heavily sclerotized
vagina leads in and forward to the muscular uterus. Many ova may
be present at one time. At first the oocytes are arranged in single file
but, as growth takes place, the ovary is distended and the oocytes lie
in four rows. No rachis was observed. Male tail bearing a bursa
which rises a little in front of the spicula and envelopes all but the
extreme tip of the tail. Spicula tylenchoid, resting on a simple, curved,
trough-like gubernaculum. Testis outstretched.
Diagnosis: Dcladcnus with an avoid valvular apparatus in the
Tune 30, 1941 nematodes of the family tylenchidae 47
corpus of the esophagus and greatly developed dorsal esophageal
inland. Amphids lying deep in the lateral labial axils. Lumen of in-
testine greatly convoluted. Wing area elevated and divided into six
elements.
Habitat: Described by Cobl:> from galls of chestnut oak, Qiiercus
prinus L., near Lebanon Church Postotttce. Virginia. Decaying fungus,
Plcurota sp., and under dead l)ark of cottonwood, Populits frcmonti,
S. Wats., on which the fungus was growing. Collected by C. W.
McBeth near Payson. Utah. Also from soil about alfalfa crowns near
Manti and Murray. L'tah, and Medford, CJregon. The only two males
found were in the Manti collection. The specimens from soil gener-
ally had slightly longer necks and the excretory pore was somewhat
more posteriad.
Reference : 4a.
Deladenus obesu.s Thorne, new species
Plate IV. Figs. 8 - 8c
$ : 1.0-1.5 mm ; a = \(y-22 ; b = ? ; c = 30; V - ss 93.
Distinct striae near the lip region are about 1.5 m wide but these
become obscure on the neck and body, sometimes being visible only on
the subcuticle. Phasmids and derids not observed. A definite wing
area is not visible but in cross section there is a sclerotized band about
one- fourth as wide as the body which is not set ofl:" in any manner
and this may be marked by eight or ten excessively minute striae. Ex-
cretory pore, duct and gland not seen. En face the head is seen to be
divided into 8 sectors the lateral ones which bear the amphids being
much reduced. Vestibule a refractive tube. Corpus of esophagus
elongate, spindle shaped. Lumen of esophagus unbroken, joining with
the broad lumen of the intestine close behind the nerve ring. Esopha-
geal glands grouped about the anterior end of the intestine in flattened
lobes. Lumen of intestine at first broad, then narrowed and convo-
luted, but not so extremely bent as in Deladenus durus. A short, post-
rectal sac was present in one of the two specimens examined. Vulva
a broad transverse slit with prominent labia. Vagina extending in and
then forward to the conspicuously cellular oviduct. Eggs about half
as wide as body and four to six times as long as wide. Great numbers
of oocytes are arranged in eight or ten lines about a prominent rachis.
In old females the ovary may be outstretched past the nerve ring or re-
tlexed a short distance, the terminus lying dorsad in the body while
the major portion of the ovary is ventrad. Male unknown.
The Great Basin Naturalist
48 GERALD THORNE Vol. II, No. 2,
Diagnosis: Dcladcints-Wke foi-m without an ovoid valvular appa-
ratus in the corpus of the esophagus. FLsophageal glands lobe-like,
grouped about the anterior end of the intestine.. Wing area an ob-
scure band.
Placing this species in Dcladcints is a questionable procedure be-
cause it lacks the characteristic ovoid valvular apparatus in the corpus
of the esophagus.
Habitat: Frass of unidentified beetles under bark of dead white
fir, Abies concolor Lindl., near Wolf Creek Summit, South Fork of
Provo River, Utah.
GENUS HEXATYLVS GOODEY, 1926
Diagnosis Emended : Neoiylenchinac. Esophagus base fused with
intestine. Lumen of esophagus with a distinct break near the base of
the corpus where the lumen becomes much wider, the walls heavier
and a muscular valvular apparatus apparently is present. Pharynx
slightly sclerotized, forming several minute guiding rings for the
spear. Spear with three well-developed basal knobs, each of which is
somewhat duplex. The outer surface of these basal knobs is unusu-
ally refractive and conspicuous. En face the octagonal lip region is
observed to be divided into 12 approximately ec[ual sectors with four
smaller triangular sectors at the submedial angles through which the
circlet of four papillae emerge. (Plate IV, Fig 9). The basal frame-
work of the head retains the octagonal pattern of the genus (Fig. 9a),
although in some specimens there is a tendency for the 16-sector pat-
tern seen at the surface to continue back to the basal framework.
Type Species: Hexatylus viviparus Goodey, 1926.
The above emended diagnosis is based on specimens kindly sent to
the writer by Dr. Goodey from Middlesex, England. Dr. Steiner also
forwarded specimens from potatoes imported from Germany which
proved to be identical to those from England. Specimens collected
by the writer from Utah and California were also compared, lateral
and oi face examinations being made of specimens from all four
collections.
KEY TO SPECIES OF HEXATYLUS
1. $ length near 3.0 mm, tail ventrally arcuate
fungoritm (P.iitschli) p. 49
$ length 1.5 mm or less, tail straight. .7'ivipar'ns Goodey p. 49
June 30. 1941 nematodes of the family tylenchidae 49
Hexatylus vivipakus Goocky, 1926
Plate l\\ Figs. 9-9(1
$: 1.0-1.5 mm; a = 15-35; h = 5-7; c = 17-20; V - 'f* 89.
With characters of the genus. The great variation in width is
found between females which have reached their normal length but
have not begun egg production, and those approaching senility. Senile
specimens frequently somewhat shorter than the younger forms asso-
ciated with them. Phasmids and deirids not observed. Wing area
marked by four refractive lines, the two outer ones being more promi-
nent. The tissues of the basal portion of the esophagus are somewhat
less dense in texture than those of the intestine to which they are
fused. This basal portion encloses a number of nuclei, some of which
appear identical to those of the intestine while others are probably
the nuclei of the esophageal glands. Nuclei of intestinal cells less
than one body width apart. Intestine probably four cells to a circum-
ference but this point was not definitely determined as cell walls were
not visible.
Ovary of adults reaching as far forward as the nerve ring, the
anterior portion made up of several hundred massed oocytes which,
as they increase in size, are observed to be grouped about a prominent
rachis. Only the anterior half of the ovary is occupied by the oocytes,
the remainder being a long tube in which the ova develop. A short
oviduct leads to a pouch-like uterus. Vulva a broad transverse slit.
Habitat: Described by Goodey from a diseased potato tuber and
also decaying gladiolus corms. Cultures from the corm transferred to
2% malt-extract agar gave a good growth of fungus mycelium on
which these nematodes thrived and reproduced in great numbers.
Goodey therefore regards the species as saprophagous rather than an
obligate parasite.
References: 3, 6, 9, 10, 12. 13. 19. 20.
Hexatylus fungorum (Bvitschli, 1873) Goodey, 1932
Synonyms: Tylciicliiis fiuujoriim l^)Utschli, 1873.
Ncotylcnchus funcjorum (Biitschli, 1873) Filipjex,
1936.
Plate IV, Fig. 10, 10a
? : 3.0 mm ; a = 21 ; b = ? ; c = 30; V - 93.8.
c^: 1.6-2.0 mm; a = ?; b = ?; c = 15.
The Great Basin Naturalist
50 GERALD THORNE \'ol. 1 1, Xo. 2,
Spear very small, 0.0129 mm in full-grown female. Esophagus
mdefinite but Biitschli shows a eylindrical corpus narrowing to a
slender isthmus which apparently joins directly to the intestine as it
does in Hcxatylus viviparus. Ovary outstretched, very broad ante-
riorly as if the oocytes were arranged about a rachis. Several of the
small ova are arranged in single file in the long oviduct. Vulva a de-
pressed slit. Spicula and gubernaculum of a most extraordinary form.
Bursa three times as long as the tail, completely enveloping the ter-
minus.
Habitat: Dccayiiuj finujus, Germany.
Goodey's designation of this species to Hcxatylus perhaps l)rings
it into the correct subfamily but the writer feels that it probably be-
longs to an unknown genus. However, this question will not be solved
until specimens are again collected.
References: 1, 3, 6, 11.
loTONCHiUM imperfectum ( Biitschli, 1876) Cobb, 1920
Synonym: Tylcnchiis iuipcrfcctus Biitschli, 1876
Plate IV, Figs. 11 -lib
?: 1.8 mm; a = 24 ; b = 7.2 ; c = 12.9; V - 88.
Head truncated, set oii' by expansion. Spear of female 8 m long
while in the male it is reduced to a mere point. Intestine clear and
transparent. Gonads reaching to near base of esophagus. Eggs slight-
ly longer than body width. Males smaller than females. Spicula yellow
or brown in color, very angular. Gubernaculum absent. Bursa rising
one body width anterior to spicula and completely encompassing the
tail.
Biitschli states that in general structure this species resembles
Hcxatylus fungorum (Biitschli, 1873) so we are probably safe in as-
suming that it has a Hcxatyltis-Yike esophagus.
Habitat: Decaying mushrooms, Germany.
References: 2, 4, 6.
Paurodontinae Thorne, new subfamily
Tylencitidae. Basal esophageal bulb possessing a stem-like ex-
tension. Intestine often enveloping part, or even all, of the basal
esophageal bull). Ovary prevulvar, outstretched. Posterior uterine
branch absent. Spicula tylenchoid. Bursa enveloping tail. Body gen-
erally very dense in texture and details frequently difficult to observe.
June 30. 1941 nematodes of the family tylenchidae 51
Diagnosis : The subfamily Paurodontinae is immediately differ-
entiated from all other Tylenchidae by the stem-like extension of the
esophageal bulb.
Type Genus: Paurodontiis Thorne, new genus.
KEY TO GENERA OF PAURODONTINAE
Spear knobs symmetrical Paitrodoiitits n. g. p. 51
Spear knobs asymmetrical, the ventrosubmedian much larger
than the dorsal Stic I yl us n. g. p. 54
GEXUS PAURODOXTUS THORXE, NEW GENUS
Paurodontinae. Characters of the subfamily. Knobs of spear
symmetrical, or nearly so. Tails of both sexes acute or subacute.
!)ursa, where known, not enveloping entire tail.
Diagnosis: Paurodontiis is immediately distinguished from Stic-
lylus, its only known relative, by the symmetrical basal knobs of the
spear and the pointed tails of both sexes.
Type Species : Paurodontiis gracilis, n. sp.
KEY TO SPECIES OF FACRODOXTUS
1. Length about 0.7 mm (jracUis n. sp. p. 51
Length about 0.4 mm 2
2. Terminus subacute, tail somewhat arcuate, .densus n. sp. p. 52
Terminus acute, tail rather straight 3
3. Head about half as wide as neck base. . . .apiticus n. sp. p. 53
Head almost as wide as neck base niger n. sp. p. 54
Paukodontus gracilis Thorne, new species
Plate V, Figs. 12-12d
$ : 0.74 mm ; a = 31 ; b = 7.2 ; c — 7.2 ; V - S4 76 \
^ : 0.65 mm ; a = 35 ; b = 5.5 ; c = 6.5 ; T - 58.
Cuticle marked by transverse striae, which are about 1.3 m apart
at their widest points. Wing areas marked by four ecjually spaced,
refractive lines occupying about one-third the body width. Deirids
and phasmids not seen. Lip region low, rounded. Amphidial aper-
tures located on minute elevations of the lateral lips. Spear slightly
longer than width of head with distinct basal knobs. Corpus of
esophagus cylindrical, narrowing to the slender isthmus which passes
through the conspicuous nerve ring and then enlarges to form the
The Great Basin Naturalist
52 GERALD THORNE Vol. II, No. 2,
basal bulb. This bulb bears an elongated tubular valvular apparatus
by which it is connected w^ith the intestine. A peculiar chamber, which
apparently is formed by the extended walls of the intestine, surrounds
the bulb. Nucleus of the dorsal esophageal gland easily seen but the
two submedian gland nuclei are very obscure. Intestine made up of
large thick cells, each with a distinct nucleus.
Anterior ovary outstretched, the ova arranged in single file. An-
terior portion of oviduct forming a spermatheca. Vulva a transverse
slit. Posterior uterine branch rudimentary, about as long as width of
body. Spicula tylenchoid, arcuate. Gubernaculum thin, curver, trough-
like. Bursa slightly crenate, two and one-half times as long as anal
body diameter. Testis outstretched.
Diagnosis : Paurodontus with the above measurements and gen-
eral description. Distinctive because of the slender, acutely, pointed
tail, four wings and a rudimentary posterior uterine branch.
Habitat: Soil about cotton roots, collected by C. W. McBeth,
Tifton, Georgia.
Paurodontus densus Thorne, new species
Plate V, Figs. 13 -13c
? : 0.4 mm ; a = 25 ; b = 5.7 ; c = 12 ; V - s? 82.
Anteriorly the body tapers gradually so that the width of the head
is about one-half that of the base of the neck. Posteriorly there is a
rapid tapering from the vulva to the subacute terminus of the slightly
arcuate tail. Wing area one-third as wide as body and appearing as
six bright lines, the two outer ones more conspicuous. On the neck
and tail there is a reduction in numbers of the wing lines until they
practically disappear at the extremities. Phasmids not seen but a very
indistinct deirid was observed on one specimen, located in the middle
of the wing area about opposite the esophageal bulb. En face the head
is found to be composed of six sectors, the two lateral ones which
bear the amphids being much narrower than the four submedian on
which the papillae are located. Vestibule a sclerotized tube. Spear
strongly knobbed but the knobs and the shaft are generally very diffi-
cult to see on glycerin-mounted specimens because of their refractive
index. Esophagus beginning as a rather uniform tul)e about one-third
as wide as the neck, narrowing through the nerve ring and then ex-
panding to form the spindle-shaped bulb with its long posterior ex-
tension (fig. 13a). Esophageal gland nuclei within the bulb, apparently
three in number but nothing was determined concerning their outlets.
June 30, 1941 nematodes of the family tylenchidae 53
Excretory tube strongly scleroti/ced. Intestine almost inlling the Ixjdy
cavity, without distinct cell arrangement. A peculiar structure sur-
rounds the extension of the esophageal bulb, resembling the tissues
of the intestine.
Vulva a broad, depressed slit. Vagina extending inward to join
llie thin-walled uterus. Oviduct elongated, cellular, but apparently not
bearing a special branch like that of Paurodontus apiticus. Ovary com-
posed of very small oocytes arranged in single file. In the distal end
of the oviduct of some specimens there were numbers of bodies which
appeared to be spermatozoa but no males were collected.
DiAGNOSiss Paurodontus with the above measurements and gen-
eral characters. Most closel}' related to P. nigcr from which it differs
in the stronger spear, slightly arcuate tail with subacute terminus and
lIic proportionately greater distance between the vulva and anus.
Habitat: Soil about the roots of date palms, AIcMillian gardens,
Indio, California.
Paurodontus apiticus Thorne, new. species
Plate V, Fig. 14-14d
?: 0.42-0.7 mm; a-16-22; b-4.0-7.0; c-8.2-12.0; V-^-^ 80-5^ 85.
As the above formulae show there is a great diversity in size and
l)ody proportions in this species. The obese body tapers anteriorly
until the lip region is only about two-fifths as wide as the base of the
neck while posteriorly it diminishes rapidly from the vulva to the
spicate terminus. Usually the body becomes almost straight when the
nema is killed by gradual heat. Transverse striae are easily visible
throughout the length of the body. Wings very obscure except on the
neck. Phasmids and deirids not seen. Head, en face, in 6 sectors, the
four submedian ones bearing papillae and the two narrow, protruding,
lateral ones bearing the amphids. Vestibule a sclerotized, conoid taper-
ing tube. Spear about as long as width of lip region with distinct,
small knobs. Esophagus a somewhat irregular tube, narrowing as it
passes through the nerve ring then expanding to the spindle-shaped
bulb which bears a long posterior extension reaching back to the in-
testine. The three esophageal gland nuclei lie within the bulb. Ex-
cretory pore usually about opposite base of bulb. Intestine thin walled,
its lumen l)road. In many specimens the tissues surrounding the bulb
extension looked very much like those of the intestine and it may be
possible that they form an anterior chamber.
The single out-stretched ovary rarely reaches to the base of the
The Great Basin Xaturalist
54 GKKALD T110KX1-: Vol. 11, Xo. 2,
neck and is made up of oocytes arranged in single tile. Vulva a broad
iransverse slit from which the vagina extends inward a short distance
to join the thin-walled uterus. Oviduct composed of many protruding
cells giving it somewhat the appearance of a bunch of grapes. At-
tached to the anterior end of the oviduct is a short branch which may
function as a spermatheca.
Diagnosis: Paurodontus with the above measurements and gen-
eral description. Distinctive because of the tapering neck, straight,
pointed tail, and the short branch of the oviduct.
Habitat: Soil about the roots of Larrca tridentata (D. C.) Vail.,
Littlefield, Arizona, U. S. A. Also from soil around roots of barley,
Yuma Experiment Station, Bard, California ; and cotton, Arvin, Cali-
fornia.
Paurodontus niger Thorne, new species
Plate VI. Fig. 15, 15a
$ : 0.4 mm ; a = 24 ; b = 6.3 ; c = 8 ; V — ^f" 80 \
liody tissues even more dense than is usual in this genus, making
observation of the organs very difficult. Neck tapering but little to
the rounded lip region. Tail conoid to the pointed terminus. Wing
area marked by six lines occupying about one-fourth the body width.
Lips apparently arranged like those of Paurodontus deiisus (fig. 13).
Spear as long as head width, slender and bearing well-developed, sym-
metrical basal knobs. Esophagus with an irregular cylindrical corpus,
narrow isthmus and greatly variable basal bulb wdiich bears an elon-
gated valvular apparatus attaching it to the intestine. Lumen of esoph-
agus very obscure. Intestine with dense, irregular sized granules.
Ovary outstretched, the oocytes arranged in single file. Eggs fill
the body cavity and are about three times as long as wide. Oviduct
without a special branching spermatheca as in Paurodontus apiticus.
Vulva a depressed transverse slit.
Diagnosis: Paurodontus with the above measurements and gen-
eral characters. Most closely related to P. ap'iticus from w'hich it
differs in the relatively broader lip region, conspicuous wings and
absence of an oviduct branch.
Habitat: Soil about roots of shadscale, . I triplex confcrtifolia
(Torr. & Frem.) S. Wats, collected west of Utah Lake, Utah, above
the abandoned Mosida irrigation project.
GENUS STICTYLUS THORNE, NEW GENUS
Paukoi)ont]nai:. Characters of tlie subfamily. S])ear with asvm-
June 30, 1941 nematodes of the family tylexchidae
DD
metrical knobs, the ventrosuhmedian ones lieini,^ nuieli lai;i;er than the
dorsal one. Tail blunt and rounded. Bursa, where known, enveloping
almost the entire tail.
Diagnosis: Stictylus is immediately ditferentiated from Paiiro-
doiitus, its only known relative, by the asymmetrical spear knobs, and
blunt tail.
Tyfe Species: Stictylus asDiiiiDictriciis Thorne, new species.
KEY TO SPECIES OF STICTYLUS
1. Vulva a depressed slit obtusiis n. sp. p. .S5
X'ulva with protuberant labia asymmctricus n. sp. p. 55
Stictylus asymmetricus Thorne, new species
Plate VI, Figs. 16-16f
$ : 0.8 mm ; a = 22 ; b = 5.1 ; c = 27 ; V ^o 9().
cT : 0.8 mm ; a = 27 ; b = 5.7 ; c = 23 ; T — 65.
The obese body of the female generally assumes an arcuate form.
The four lines of the wing area occupy from one-fourth to one-third
of the body width. Lip region low, rounded, not set off. The sub-
median knobs of the spear are much larger than the dorsal one and
at first the lumen of the esophagus follows ventrad against them. The
outlet of the dorsal esophageal gland appears to empty directly into
the base of the spear. Corpus of esophagus generally with a spindle-
shaped swelling. Basal extension of the basal bulb variable in length
(,fig. 16b, 16d). Intestinal cells filled with dense, coarse granules.
Ovary outstretched in young females but usually reflexed a short
distance in older ones with an occasional specimen in which it is
doubly flexed. Oviduct cellular. Vulva a broad transverse slit with
elevated labia. Spicula and gubernaculum tylenchoid. Bursa envelop-
ing the tail almost to the terminus.
Diagnosis: Stictylus with the above measurements and general
description. Distinguished from S. obtusus by the form of the basal
esophagus bulb, the shorter tail, and elevated labia of the vulva.
Habitat: Soil about roots of desert plants near the U. S. Field
Station, Sacaton, Arizona.
Stictylus obtusus Thorne, new species
Plate VI, Fig. 17, 17a
? : 1.0 mm ; a = 25 ; b = 6.4 ; c = 18 ; V — 66 90.
The Great Basin Naturalist
56 GERALD THORNE Vol. Il.No. 2,
Cuticle with tine transverse striae. Neck tapering unifurnil}- to the
low, rounded lip region. Posteriorly the body tapers to the I)lunt,
rounded tail which is about twice as long as the anal body diameter.
The spear is slightly longer than the width of the lip region and is
strongly knobbed, the two ventro-submedian knobs being much the
larger. Corpus of esophagus with an elongated, spindle-shaped swell-
ing slightly less than one-third as wide as the body. Isthmus slender,
surrounded by a very distinct nerve ring. Basal bulb of esophagus
ovate, its lumen triquetrous. Basal extension of bulb bluntly-conoid.
Intestine with thin walls and scattering, variable-sized granules. At
first it is three-fifths as wide as the body but almost immediately is
crowded to one side by the ovary. Excretory pore opposite base of
esophagus.
(3vary reflexed half way back to vulva with oocytes arranged in
single file. Uterus broad, thin-walled. Vagina extending about one-
third the distance across the body, then turned almost at right angles
to form an elongated, somewhat funnel-shaped portion connection with
the uterus. Vulva a broad depressed slit.
Diagnosis: Stictyliis with the above measurements and general
description. Distinguished from its closets relative, .S". asynuuctriciis,
by the longer female tail, depressed labia of vulva, long reflexed
portion of ovary, and triquetious lumen of the basal esophageal bulb.
Description and figures from notes and sketches made of a single
specimen collected May 22, 1923, from soil about the roots of sugar-
beets near Lewiston, Utah. Due to the writer's inexperience at that
time it may be possible that the recording of a triquetrous, valvular
lumen in the esophageal bulb was an error.
NoTHOTYLENCHiNAE Thomc, ucw subfamil}'
Tylenchidae. In general form and appearance these nematodes
closely resemble those belonging to the genera TylLiwhits and Dity-
lenchus. Corpus of esophagus either cylindroid or bearing a fusiform
basal swelling without a valvular apparatus. Head framework di-
vided into six sectors. Ovary prevulvar, posterior uterine branch al-
ways present. Spicula and gubernaculum tylenchoid.
Diagnosis : Tylenchidae without a valvular median esoi)hageal
bulb. Distinguished from N eotylenchinae l)y the presence of only six
sectors is the cephalic framework. From Paurodontiiiae it is imme
diately differentiated by the absence of a posterior extension of the
basal esophageal bulb.
Type Genus: Notholyloiclius Thorne. new genus.
JuiK' 30, 1941 NKMATODKS OF THK FAMILY TYLICNCl I I DAF 57
KEY TO GENERA OF NOTIIOTYLENCIIINAE
1. Cuticle abnormally thick and deeply striated. 77;a(/(? n. o-. p. (,2
Cuticle not abnormally thick, finely striated 2
2. Spear with tylenchoid basal knobs. Notlwtylciichus n. ,<;. j). 57
Spear with Hange-like basal projections. /?c;/£Y)(/()r/(.s- n.,^. ]>. 59
NoTiiOTYLENCHUs Thorne, new genus
Nothotylenchinae: Cuticle thin, marked by fine transverse
striae which are interrupted on the lateral fields by a wing area marked
by four or more bright lines. Cephalic framework in six sectors.
Spear with rounded basal knobs. Corpus of esophagus cylindrical,
with or without a fusiform valveless bulb. Basal bulb of esophagus
distinctly set off from intestine, sometimes slightly lobed. Anterior
ovary outstretched, the oocytes arranged in single file. Rudimentary
posterior uterine branch present. Spicula and gubernaculum tylench-
oid. Bursa rising slightly anterior to spicula and extending to near
the middle of the tail.
DiAGN0.si.s: Nothotylenchinae with the above general characters.
Distinguished from Thada by the thin, finely-striated cuticle and from
Boleodorus by the rounded basal knobs of the spear.
Type Species: Nothotylenchus acris Thorne, new species.
To the uninitiated this group of names presents a puzzling prob-
lem, for unless very careful examination is made under the highest
powers of the microscope, they may easily be mistaken for Ditylenchus
dipsaci (Kuhn) Filipjev or D. intermedins (deMan) Filipjev, espe-
cially since they are so frequently associated with alfalfa crowns
where these two species often are found.
KEY TO SPECIES OF NOTHOLYLENCHUS
1. Basal esophageal bulb elongate-cylindrical -
cylindricoUis n. sp. p. 59
Basa esophageal bulb tapering 2
2. Terminus acute, wings 4 acris n. sp. p. 57
Terminus rounded, wings 6 af finis n. sp. p. 58
Nothotylenchus acrls Thorne, new species
Plate VII. Figs. 18 -18c
$ : 0.9 mm ; a = 33 ; b = 6.2 ; c = 15.5 ; V — ^o 80.
d' : 0.7 mm ; a = 35 ; b = 6.5 ; c = 9.5 ; T - 48.
The Great Basin Naturalist
58 GERALD thorm: Vol. II, No. 2,
Body tapering anteriorly until the lip region is only about one-
fourth as wide as the neck base. The conoid tail ends in an abruptly
conoid, pointed terminus. Wing area marked by four lines which oc-
cupy about one-fifth of the body width. Deirids very obscure, located
near the base of the neck. Phasmids not seen. Spear slender, the
apical portion occupying only about one-third of its length. Basal
knobs of spear small, distinct. Corpus of esophagus with a fusiform
valveless bulb. Isthmus long, slender, encircled by the conspicuous
nerve ring. Lumen of esophagus exceedingly fine (exaggerated in
fig. 18), passing through the ventral portion of the basal bulb. Dorsal
esophageal gland nucleus large and conspicuous ; submedian gland
nuclei very small, often invisible. Basal portion of esophageal bulb
slightly lobed, extending back over the conoid, valvular apparatus
connecting it to the intestine. Intestine with thick walls and narrow
lumen. Ovary outstretched with oocytes arranged in single file. An-
terior portion of oviduct forming a spermatheca. Posterior uterine
branch two to three times as long as body width. Spicula practically
identical to those of nemas of the genus TylencJius. Gubernaculum
thin, trough-like. Bursa beginning about opposite the proximal ends
of the spicula and extending slightly past the middle of the tail. Testis
outstretched.
Diagnosis : N otJiotylenchus with wing area marked by four lines
and tail ending with an abruptly conoid, pointed terminus.
Habitat: Soil about alfalfa crowns, Medford, Oregon, red clover
roots, Redmond, Oregon, and sugar-beets, Arvin, California.
NoTHOTYLENCHUS AFFiNis Thorne, new species
Plate VII, Figs. 19 -19c
? : 0.65 mm ; a = 33 ; b = 5 ; c — 9 ; V - 41 71.
<S : 0.64 mm ; a = 32 ; b = 6.4 ; c = 1 1 ; T - 70.
Neck tapering rather uniformly throughout its length until the lip
region is about one-half as wide as the neck base. Posteriorly the
tails of both sexes taper uniformly to the small rounded terminus.
Distance from vulva to anus approximately the same as the tail length.
Wing area marked by six refractive lines, the two outer ones being
the most prominent. Spear averaging 8 m long with well developed
basal knobs. Esophagus very similar to that figured for NothotyleJichus
acris (fig. 18c). Ovary outstretched. Posterior uterine branch shorter
than the body width. Spicula arcuate, about 15 m long. Gubernaculum
thin, trough-like. I'ursa rising about opposite the anterior end of the
June 30. 1941 nematodes of the family tylenciiidak 59
spicula and extending to the middle of the tail.
Diagnosis: Notliotylencliinae with uniformly tapering neck, six
lines in wing area, small rounded tail terminus, very short posterior
uterine branch and distance vulva to anus equal to tail length.
Habitat: Dying alfalfa crowns near Manti, Utah.
NoTHOTYLENCHUs CYLiNDRicoLLis Thome. new species
Plate VII, Fig. 20, 20a
$V : 0.7 mm ; a = 34 ; b = 5 ; c = 17 ; V — 5-5 90.
c^ : 0.9 mm : a = 40; b = 5 ; c = 12 ; T - 40.
Neck cylindrical except in the anterior third where it becomes
convex-conoid and tapers rapidly to the lip region which is only about
one- fourth as wide as the neck base. Tails of both sexes tapering
uniformly to a pointed terminus. Vulva to anus distance only about
half of tail length. Wing area one-third as wide as body, marked by
four refractive lines. Spear about 7 m long with small basal knobs,
the width at the knobs being only one-eighth of the head width. Corpus
of esophagus cylindroid without any indication of a median swelling
or valve. Isthmus about as long as neck width. Basal esophageal bulb
cylindroid, three times as long as neck width. Ovary outstretched.
Vagina extending in and forward from the depressed transverse vulva.
Posterior uterine branch about as long as the body width. Spicula
20 m long, slightly arcuate. Gubernaculum thin, trough-like. Bursa
rising a little anterior to spicula and extending to middle of tail.
Diagnosis: Nofhotylenchus with basal two-thirds of neck nearly
cylindrical, distance vulva to anus only half the tail length, and cy-
lindroid corpus and basal bulb of the esophagus.
Habitat: Soil and organic debris at base of Ananas sp., Para-
guay.
GENUS BOLEODORUS THORNE, NEW GENUS
Nothotylenchinae: Cuticle thin, marked by fine transverse
striae about 1 m apart at tehih widest points. A full set of 16 cephalic
papillae probably present. Cephalic framework in six sectors. Spears
of known species about 12 m long with three prominent basal flanges.
Corpus of esophagus with fusiform, valveless basal swelling. Basal
bulb of esophagus distinctly set off from intestine, not lobed, joined
with intestine by a well-developed valvular apparatus. Vulva a trans-
verse slit. Ovary outstretched. Oviduct made up of large cells some
of which may form a pouch-like spermatheca. Posterior uterine
The Great Basin Naturalist
60 GERALD THORNE Vol. II, No. 2,
hranch less than half as long as hotly width. Spicula and guhernaculinn
tylenchoid. Bursa only al)out twice as long as body width.
DiAt;No.sis: Nothotylcncliinac with long (12 m) spears bearing
basal tlanges instead of rounded knobs.
Type Species: Bolcodorus iliylactns Thorne, new species.
BoLEODORUS THYLACTUs Tliornc, iicw spccics
Plate VIII, Fig. 21-21h
$ : 0.6 mm ; a = 31 ; b = 5.5 ; c = 8.0 ; V — ^^^ 61 ^o.
^ : 0.5 mm ; a = 33 ; b = 5.0 ; c = 7.2 ; T -
Body arcuate when relaxed by gradual heat, the female tail almost
always somewhat hooked, male tail straighter. Bodies of fixed speci-
mens always twisted until the head and tail are seen from a slightly
submedian view. Cuticle and subcuticle marked by transverse striae
which are about 1.0 m apart near the middle of the body. Wing area
a refractive band about one-fifth the body width, bordered by two
conspicuous bright lines and bearing two more very faint lines which
divide the area into three equal spaces. Deirids slightly posterior to
base of neck, phasmids about one body width posterior to anus. Ex-
cretory pore with heavily sclerotized tube. Neck tapering gradually to
the convex-conoid, unstriated lip region which is much more trans-
parent than the adjacent head. En face the lip region is seen to be
divided into six sectors, the two lateral ones being very much re-
duced. The basal portion of the libial framework is obscurely hex-
agonal.
A study of specimens stained intra vitani with neutral red and
gentian blue show that apparently there are sixteen cephalic papillae.
Six of these are grouped closely about the entrance to the vestibule
and are exceedingly difficult to observe ; four distinct ones are located
near the margins of the submedial lips and six, generally very ol)scure,
are found at the base of the lip region. Of the six at the base of the
lip region, the two laterals are somewhat more distinct and locatetl
slightly more posteriod than the submedian ones. Amphid apertures
minute, oval, located one-third the way back on the lip region. Am-
])ludial tubes and pouches especially conspicuous wlien stained by
neutral red (fig. 21c).
Vestibule strongly sclerotized. Spear 12 m long, llie distal portion
being about 4 m long. I'asal knobs of spear distinctly llange-like and
from a lateral view the spear frequently has a tri furcate appearance.
Outlet of dorsal esophageal gland near base of spear. Corpus of
June 30. 1941 nematodes of tiii-: family tylenchidae 61
esophagus at first tuWular then expanchng to form an elongate-fusiform
hulb in which the reservoirs and openings of the two suhmedian
esophageal glands are located. Isthmus slender, gradually exi)an(ling
to form the basal bulb which contains the large dorsal gland nucleus.
The submedian gland nuclei were not definitely observed. A small
valvular apparatus connects the esophageal lumen with the thick-
walled intestine. Intestine two cells in circumference, containing scat-
tered, refractive granules. Rectum slightly longer than anal body
diameter, ending in a distinct anus.
Vulva a transverse slit. \'ag"ina extending half way across body.
Anterior ovary outstretched, the oocytes arranged in single file. Pos-
terior uterine branch rudimentary, half as long as body width. Ovi-
duct composed of columnar cells. Just after fertiization the sperma-
toza are found in the lumen of the oviduct but soon the fifth dorsal
cell from the uterus enlarges to form a sac-like spermatheca, hence
the specific name thylactus (pouch). Testis single, outstretched. Spic-
ula slender, arcuate, slightly cephalated. Gubernaculum a thin curved
trough. Bursa about twice as long as anal body diameter with crenate
border.
Diagnosis: Boleodorus with ventrally arcuate body and hooked
female tail tapering uniformly to an acute terminus.
Habitat: Cultivated soil, especially about alfalfa crowns. Salt
Lake, Utah and San Pete Counties of Utah, Ft. Collins and Grand
junction, Colorado, Twin Falls and Caldwell, Idaho, Fallon, Nevada,
and Albion, California.
Boleodorus clavicaudatus Thorne, new species
Plate VIII, Fig. 22 -22b
$ : 0.7 mm ; a = 31 ; b = 5.7 ; c — 8.5 ; V - ^o 60.
Cuticle marked by fine transverse striae which are a1)out 1 m apart
at their widest points. Wing area about one-third as wide as the body,
bordered l)y two bright refractive lines with two less prominent ones
betw^een them. Body tapering rather uniformly until the lip region
is only about one-third as wide as the neck base. Tail uniformly
conoid to the slightly clavate terminus. vSpear 13 m long with broad
basal flanges. Details of esophagus as illustrated (fig. 22b), the basal
bulb being only a little longer than the neck width. Excretory pore
about opposite base of esophagus.
Ovary outstretched, very short in the five young females examined.
Spermatoza were present in the oviduct of two specimens and it ap-
The Great Basin Naturalist
62 GERALD THORNE Vol. II, No. 2,
pearecl as if a spermatheca was forming as in D. tliylactus. Vulva a
depressed slit. Posterior uterine branch similar to that of B. ihylactits
(fig. 21g).
Diagnosis: Boleodorus with rather straight body and elongated
clavate tail which readily distinguishes it from B. tliylactus.
Habitat: Soil about alfalfa crowns, Yuma Experiment Station,
Bard, California.
GENUS THADA THORNE, NEW GENUS
NoTHOTYLENCHiNAE. Very small nemas with abnormally thick
cuticle marked by deep, transverse striae and sometimes also by similar
longitudinal ones. Cephalic framework in six sectors. Spear with or
without basal knobs. Esophagus with plain cylindroid corpus and
slender isthmus. Esophageal gland nuclei within the definitely set off
elongate basal bulb. A cap-like valvular apparatus occupies the an-
terior end of the intestine, connecting it with the esophagus. Ovary
outstretched, the oocytes arranged in single file. Posterior uterine
branch shorter than body width. Spicula arcuate, cephalated by avoid
expansion. Gubernaculum thin, trough-like. Bursa thick, without sup-
porting ribs, extending an equal distance before and behind the anus.
Diagnosis: N othotylenchinae of small size with unusual thick,
deeply striated cuticle, cap-like valvular apparatus joining intestine
and esophagus and ovate cephalation of the spicula.
Type Species : Thada striata Thorne, n. sp.
The name Thada has no significant meaning, merely being an ar-
bitrary combination of letters.
KEY TO SPECIES OF THADA
1. Cuticle marked by only transverse striae. . . .striata n. sp. p. 62
Cuticle marked by l)oth transverse and longitudinal striae
cauc'cUaia n. sp. p. 63
Thada striata Thorne, new species
Plate IX, Fig. 23 - 23e
$ : 0.65 mm ; a = 30 ; b = 6.0 ; c — 9.0 ; V - -^^ 71 2.
c^: 0.52 mm ; a = 26; b = 5.2 ; c = 8.0; T - 48.
Body practically cylindrical between vulva and base of neck ; an-
teriorly tapering rapidly to the convex-conoid head until the lip region
is about one-fourth as wide as the base of the neck. Posteriorly the
body tapers ratlu-r uniformly to the conoid, bluntly rounded, tail. ( ^n
June 30. 1941 xematodf.s of the family tylenchidae 63
Diany specimens there was a slight enlargement or swelling of the
lail near its middle and in some instances this condition was rather
prominent and may indicate that the deformity is due to some disease.
The thick cuticle is cut by deep transverse striae which are coarser
on the female than on the male. The wing area is marked by four
conspicuous refractive wings which at midbody occupy from one-third
to three-fifths the body width. Anteriorly the wing area ends in two
rows of plates (Fig. 23c). On the tail the wings vary greatly in their
arrangement from the symmetrical form (fig. 23d) to the somewhat
spiral (fig. 23eJ. The latter type is found on the tails which bear
swellings.
There are six lips, the lateral ones being distinctly smaller than
the submedian. Details of the basal knobs of the slender spear are
difficult to observe. The esophagus and its valve are practically iden-
tical to those of Thada cancellata (fig. 24e). The narrow lumen of
the intestine is about as wide as the thickness of the body cuticle.
Vulva a broad transverse slit. Oviduct forming a spermatheca
in its anterior portion. Ovary outstretched, the oocytes arranged in
single file. Posterior uterine branch shorter than body diameter.
Spicules arcuate, cephalated in a typical form (fig. 23b). Guber-
naculum a thin curved plate. Bursa very thick, w^ithout crenate bor-
ders except near body. The single testis is reflexed a distance equal
to one or two body widths.
Diagnosis: Thada with transversely striated cuticle, not marked
by longitudinal striae as in T. cancellata.
Type Habitat: Desert soil about roots of shadscale, A triplex
confertifolia (Torr. & Frem.) S. Wats., collected west of Utah Lake,
Utah, above the abandoned Mosida irrigation project. Also from al-
falfa crowns. Brown's Ranch, Skull Valley, Utah.
T FT ADA cancellata Thomc, new species
Plate IX, Fig. 24-24e
? : 0.52 mm ; a = 25 ; b = 5.4 ; c = 8 ; V - 20 66 2.
Body practically straight when relaxed by gradual heat. Cuticle
marked by 155 to 175 deep transverse striae. At midbody there are
16 longitudinal striae, the number decresing toward the extremities.
There are four prominent wings which alter on the neck and tail as
shown in figs. 24a, b. Deirids and excretory pore prominent, located
opposite the basal esophageal bulb. Phasmids not seen. The numbers
of lips and papillae on the low rounded head could not be determined
The Great Basin Naturalist
64 GERALD TIIORNE Vol. II, N(J. 2,
from a lateral view but are prohaI)ly the same as in Tliada striata.
\'estil)ule and pharynx sclerotized. Spear exceedingly slender, its
basal portion obscured by the muscle attachments until it was not
possible to determine if basal knobs were present. Esophagus as
shown in fig. 24c. Two small ampullae in the corpus apparently mark
the outlets of the submedian esophageal glands. The nucleus of the
dorsal esophageal gland is easily seen near the middle of the bulb
but the submedian gland nuclei are very small and obscure, one appar-
enty lying back near the base of the bulb. Anterior end of intestine
bearing a distinct valvular apparatus. Ovary only 4 or 5 body widths
long, containing about a dozen oocytes arranged in single file. An-
terior portion of oviduct serving as a spermatheca. The short uterus
and oviduct combined are about as long as the ovary. Vulva a deep
transverse slit. Posterior uterine l)ranch vestigial, half as long as the
body width. Males unknown but the two females collected l)oth con-
tained spermatozoa, therefore males probably exist.
DiAGNCSis : Tliada with longitudinal as well as transverse striae.
Type Habitat : Soil from sugar-beet field. Fort Collins, Colorado ;
collected by John O. Gashill, U. S. Sugar Plant Investigations.
GENERA AND SPECIES OF DOUBTFUL POSITION
GENUS HALENCHUS COBB, 1933
Tylenciiidae. Junction of esophagus and intestine indefinite.
Terminus of tail ventrally hooked. Spear smaller in male. Marine.
Type Specte.s: Halcnchus fiicicola (deMan, 1892) N. A. Cobb,
1933.
Synonym : TylcncJius fiicicola deMan, 1892.
DeMan very plainly figures the elongated esophageal gland, with
its large nucleus, extending back beside the intestine in a manner simi-
lar to that of Dcladoiiis durus. The position of this genus is doubtful
and until more definite information is available it is deemed best to
leave it directly under the Tylenciiidae.
Halenchus fucicola (deMan. 1892) Cobb, 1933
Plate IX, Fig. 26
?: 1.25-1.45 mm; a = 45-50; b = 5-6; c = 11-13 ; V - 60-64.
^: 1.10-1.25 mm; a = 45-60; b = 5-6; c = 11-13.
With characters (jf the genus. Cuticle with fine transverse striae.
Spear 1/13 - 1/15 the length of the eso])ragus. Excretory pore at about
June 30, 1941 nematodes of the family tylenctudae 65
12%. Ovary oulstrctchctl. A sliort, rudimenlarv uterine l)ranch pres-
ent. \'ulva with slightly elevated lips. Eggs al)()ut twice as long as
body width. Testes outstretched. I'ursa rising slightly anterior to
spicula and extending to near middle of tail.
Host: Fuciis (Ascophyllnui) nodosiis, a brown seaweed.
Distribution : East and west coast of Scotland, at Stonehaven
and the mouth of the river Clyde, Ayshire coast and at Port lu'in,
Isle of Man. Specimens apparently identical but with slightly shorter
neck, b = 6.6, collected at Woods Hole, Mass.
References: 5, 15.
Halenchus mediterraneus (Micoletzky, 1922) Cobb, 1933
Synonym: Tylciichus )ncditcrraiicits Micoletzky, 1922.
?: 0.81 mm; a = 40 ; b =^ 7.8 ; c = 10.6; V — 69.5.
cj^: 0.56-1.1 mm.
Similar in many respects to II. fucicola but smaller in size. Spear
1/9-1/7 the esophageal length. I'ursa about three times as long as
anal bod}- diameter extending the same distance in front of the anus
as behind it.
Habitat: Free-living among algae on the coasts of Mediterra-
nean, Red Sea and Sea of Marmora.
References: 5, 18.
Tylenciius arboricolus Cobb, 1922
? : 0.7 mm ; a = 20 ; b = 12.5 ; c = ? ; V - '« ^7.
S : 0.7 mm ; a = 24 ; 1) = ? ; c =- 23.
Striae plain, about 1 m apart except at extremities where they are
closer together. Neck to the amalgamated lip region which is 7 m wide
and 2.5 t^- high and set oiT by a constriction. Spear faintly knobbed.
Esophagus with a vestigial, valveless, median swelling about half as
wide as the neck. Length of esophagus questionable. Intestine thick
walled. Tail of female straight, convex conoid to the acute symmetri-
cal terminus. Ovary at first broad, then tapering to the blind end
which is reflexed a short distance. Oocytes generally arranged in an
irregular manner.
Male tail reseml^ling that of female. .Spicula arcuate distally.
straight in proximal part where they are two-fifths to one-third as
wdde as the body. Gubernaculum faintly developed if present at all.
Bursa without ribs, rising two-thirds of body width in front of anus
The Great Basin Naturalist
66 GERALD THORNE Vol. "II, No. 2,
and enveloping all hut the very tip of the tail. Testis rellexed ahout
three body widths.
Habitat: Numerous in hlister-like struetures on leaves of beech,
Fagus ohliqua Mirb., Santiago, Chile.
Unfortunately figures were not published with the description of
this species. The indefinite ending of the esopliagus and the apparent
alisence of an ovate valvular apparatus in the corpus of the esophagus
indicate that it may be near to Dcladcnus obcsus.
Anguillonema pinguicauda Fuchs, 1938
Plate IX. Fig. 27, 27a
$: 0.632 mm ; a = 27.5 ; b = 5.0; c = 22.5 ; V - 90.9.
^•. 0.501 mm; a = 33.0; b = 5.0; c = 19.0.
Spear with somewhat divided base. Esophagus with a large gland
lying parallel to the basal bulb. Female tail tapering to a lilunt. cy-
lindrical or slightly clavate terminus. Spicula and gubernaculum ty-
lenchoid. Bursa enveloping the tail.
Probably this species belongs in Ncotylctichus but accurate desig-
nation is impossible without specimens.
ABBREVIATIONS USED IN ILLUSTRATIONS
• al wings oe gl op. . . .esophageal gland
amph amphidial apertures opening
br branch ov dct oviduct
brs Inn'sa on spear
ch chaml)er of corpus ovr ovary
cor corpus p ex excretory pore
gl sal dal. . .dorsal salivary gland ppl pai)illae
gub gubernaculum rud rudimentary
jnc junction of intestine sp spiculum
and esophagus spthc spermatheca
ncl nucleus of dorsal ut uterus
esophageal gland vlv vulva
nrv r nerve ring
LITERATURE CITED
1. lUilschli. ()., 1873. I'eitrage zur Kenntnis der freilebenden Nema-
toden. Nova Acta leop.-car. Akad. Naturf. 36 (5) : 1-124.
pis. 17-27.
June 30, 1941 nematodes of the family tylenchidae 67
2 1876. Untersuchungcn uber frcilebenden Nematoden und
die Gattung Chactonotus. Ztschr. Wiss. Zool. 26 (4) : 363-
413, pis. 23-26.
3. Christie, J. R., 1938. Two nematodes associated with decaying
citrus fruit. Proc. Hehninth. Soc. Washington 5 (1) : 29-33.
4. Cobb, N. A., 1920. One hundred New Nemas, Contrib. to a Sci-
ence of Nematology. 9: 215-343.
4a 1922. Two tree infesting nemas of the genus Tylciiclnts.
Anales de Zoologia x\pUcada (Chile) 9: 27-35.
5 1933. (Edited by M. V. Cobb) New nemic genera and spe-
cies with taxonomic notes. Jour. Parasitol. 20 (2) : 81-94.
6. Filipjev, I. N., 1936. On the classification of the Tylcnchinac.
Proc. Helminth. Soc. Washington 3(2): 80-32.
7. Fuchs. Anton Gilbert, 1930. Neue an Borken - und Riisselkafer
gebundene Nematoden, halbparasitische und W(jhnungsein-
mieter. Freilebende Nematoden aus Moos und Walderde
in Rorken - und Riisselkafergangen. Zool. Jahrb. 59 (5-6) :
505-646, figs. 1-177.
8 1938. Neue Parasiten und Halbparasiten bei Uorkenkafein
und einige andere Nematoden. Zool. Jahrb. 71 (1/2) : 123-
190, figs. 1-111.
9. Goodey, T., 1926. Hcxatylus viviparus gen. et sp. nov.. a nema-
tode found in a diseased potato tuber. Jour. Helminth. 4
(1): 27-30.
10 1926a. A invXhev noit on He xatyhis viviparus Goodty, 1926.
Jour. Helminth. 4 (4/5) : 183-184.
11 1932. The genus AnguiUulina Gerv. & v. Ben., 1859. vcl.
Tylenchus. Jour. Helminth. 10 (2-3) : 75-180.
12 1933. Plant Parasitic Nematodes and the Diseases they
Cause. London.
13 1938. Some observations on the Nematodes Hcxatylus vivi-
parus Goodey, 1926. Jour. Helminth. 16 (2) : 109-116.
14 1938. Observations on two free-living nematodes, //cxa/37H.y
coprophagiis n. sp. and H. consobriniis (deMan, 1906)
Goodey, 1932. Livro Jubilar Prof. Travassos. Rio de Ja-
neiro, Brazel, 3: 179-182.
15. deMan, J. G., 1892. Uber eine neue, in Gallen einer Meeresalge
lebende Art der Gattung Tyl'cnchus Bast. Festschrift zum
Siebenzigsten Geburstage Rudolph Leuckart 121-125, PI.
XVI.
16 1906. Observations sur quelcjues especes de Nematodes ter-
The Great Basin Xaturalist
68 GERALD THORXE Vol. II, No. 2,
restres libres de I'Ue de Walcheren. Ann. Soc. Zool. IMalacol.
r.elgique 41: 156-174.
!7. iMicoletzky, H., 1922. Die freilebcnden Erd-Xemalodcs. Arch. f.
Naturgesch. Berlin. 87. Jahr. 1921 — ausgegeben March,
1922, Abt. A, (8-9) : 1-650.
18 1922 a. Neue freilebende Nematoden aus Suez. Sit-
zungsberichle der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien.
lAIathem.-Naturw. Klasse, Abt. 1, 131, (4/5) : 77-103.
19. Sleiner, G., 1931. Neotylenchus abiilbosus n. g., n. sp. (Tylcnchi-
dac, Nematode). The causal agent of a new nematosis of
various crop plants. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 21 (21) : 536-
538.
20 1932. The male of the nematode species, A'cofyleitclnts
abitlbosiis Steiner. and its sexual dimorphism. Jour. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 22 (16/17): 482-484.
21. Tliorne, G., 1934. Some plant-parasitic nemas, with description
of three new species. Jour. Agr. Research 49 (8) : 755-763.
22 1935. The sugar-beet nematode and other indigenous nemic
parasites of shadscale. Jour. Agr. Research 51 (6) : 509-
514.
23 and Price, C.. 1935. The nematode Neotylenchus abulbosiis
Steiner (Anguillulidae) as a parasite of sugar beets. Proc.
Helminth. Soc. Washington 2 (1) : 46.
Plate I *
Fig. 1, la. Neotyleiielnts abulbosiis Steiner. 1, anterior portion of
body, X 400; la, posterior portion of male, x 600. After Steiner.
Fig. 2. Neotylenchus coiisobrinus (deMan). 2, head. After Goodey.
Fig. 3 - 3c. Neotyleiiclius apicnlatus n. sp. 3, head; 3a, anterior por-
tion of body; 3b, posterior portion of female; 3c, double llexurc
of ovary.
Fig. 4, 4a. Neotylenchus latus Thorne. 4, cephalic framework show-
ing relative positions of papillae and amphids ; 4a, posterior por-
tion of female, x 375.
Fig. 5, 5a. Neotylenchus obcsus Tliorne. 5, head, x 1500; 5a, female
tail, X 500.
* Unless stated otherwise all lateral and rii face figures of heads and cephalic
frameworks are x 2000 and other portions of bodies are x 750.
All figures are original unless stated otherwise.
Tune 30, 1941 nematodes of the family tvlexchidae
69
Plati: I
The Great Basin Naturalist
70 GERALD THORNE \"ol. 11, Xo. 2,
Plate 11
Fig. 6-6d. NcolylciicliHs arciiatiis n. sp. 6. head, 6a. posterior por-
tion of female, x 500; 6b, posterior portion of male, x 500; 6c,
six lines of wing area ; 6d, anterior portion of body.
Fig. 7-7i. Deladenus duriis (Cobb). 7, anterior portion of body;
7a. en face of lip region ; 7b, cephalic framework ; 7c, ventral
view of posterior portion of male, x 500; 7d, cross section of
wing area, x 1000; 7e, head; 7f, posterior portion of female from
Oregon ; 7g, portion of intestinal lumen ; 7h, posterior portion of
female from Pleurota sp. ; 7i, variations in termini of females
from Pleurota sp.
June 30, 1941
XEMATODES OF THE FAMILY TYLEXCIIIDAK
71
Plate 11
The Great Basin Xaturalist
11 GERALD THORNE Vol. II, No. 2,
Plate III
Neotylcnchus intcniicdiits (Christie), n. combt.
A - Female. B - Head, cii face view. C - Tail of male, lateral and
ventral views.
June 30, 1941 nematodes of the family tylf.nc hidak
/.)
Plate III
The Great T5asin Naturalist
74 (;i:kai.i) TiiokNK XOl. 1 1, Xo. 2,
Plate IV
Fig. 8 - 8c. Dclodcinis ohcsus n. sp. 8, head; 8a, cephalic framework
showing relative positions of papillae and amphids ; 81), anterior
portion of body ; 8c. posterior portion of body.
Fig. 9 - 9d. Hcxatyius znpipariis Goodey. 9, en face of cephalic
framework pattern ; 9 a. cephalic framework ; 9b, head ; 9c, an-
terior portion of body ; 9d, posterior portion of female, x 500.
Fig. 10 -10a. llcxatylus fiuuiorum (Biitschli). 10. posterior portion
of female, x ?; 10a. posterior portion of male, x ?; After
lUitschli.
Fig. 11-111). lotonchium hnpcrfectum (Biitschli). 11, head; 11a,
posterior portion of female; lib. spiculuni, x ? on all figures.
After Biitschli.
June 30. 1Q41
NEMATODKS OF TITE FAMTT.V TVLRXCFI IDAF. 75
Plate I\'
The Great Basin Naturalist
^(i CKRALD THORN r: Vol. IJ, No. 2,
Plate V
Fi<?. 12 -12c. Pourodoiitiis gracilis n. sp. 12, en face; 12a, anterior
portion of body; 12b, posterior portion of male; 12c, posterior
portion of female; 12d, cephalic framework.
Fif^. Iv3-13d. Paiirodonius densus n. sp. 13, en face: 13a, anterior
portion, x 1500; 13b. posterior portion of female, x 1000; 13c,
section showing wing area, x 1000.
Fig. 14-14(1. Paiirodonius apiticns n. sp. 14, anterior portion of
body, X 1(X)0; 14a. reproductive system of female from the vulva
through the oviduct; 14b, posterior portion of female, x 500;
14c, oviduct of very young female; 14d, head.
Tune 30. 1941
NKMATODF.S OF Tlll^ FAMILY TYI.KNCII IDAF
77
Plate V
The Great Basin Naturalist
78 GERALD THORXE Vol. II, No. 2,
Plate VI
Fig-. 15, 15a. Paurodontus niger n. sp. 15, anterior portion of l)ody.
x 1000; 15a, posterior portion of female.
Fig. 16-16f. Stictylus asymmetricus n. sp. 16, en face; 16a, head;
16b, variation in basal esophageal bulb; 16c, posterior portion of
body; 16 e, posterior portion of male; 16f, section showing wing
area.
Fig. 17, 17a. Stictylus obtusus n. sp. 17, anterior portion of body;
17a, posterior portion of female, x 500.
Tune 30. 1941
NEMATODES OF THE FAMILY TYLENCTTTDAE
79
Plate VI
The Great Basin Xaturalist
80 GERALD THORN F. Vol. II.No. 2,
Plate VI T
Fig. 18 -18c. Nothotylcuchus acris n. sp. 18, anterior portion of
body; 18a, posterior portion of female; 18b, pcjsterior portion ot
male; 18c, body section showing wing area.
Fig. 19 -19c. Nothotylenchus affinis n. sp. 19, head; 19a, cephalic
framework; 19b, posterior portion of female; 19c, posterior por-
tion of male, al, adjacent section of wing area.
Fig. 20, 20a. Notliotylenclnis cylindricnUis n. sp. 20, anterior portion
of body ; 20a, posterior portion of female.
June 30. 1941
NEMATODES OF THE FAMILY TYLEXCHIDAE
81
Plate Vll
The Great Basin Naturalist
S2 GERALD THORNE Vol.Il.No. 2,
Plate Vlll
Fig. 21-21h. Bolcodonts fliylactits n. sp. 21. cephalic framework;
21a, en face; 21b, head; 21c, amphidial system in profile as seen
when stained by neutral red; 21d, dorso-ventral view of corpus
showing outlets of submedian esophageal glands; 21e, section
through spear base, x 2000; 21 f, anterior portion of body, x 1000;
21g, posterior portion of female, x 500; 21h, posterior portion of
male, x 1000.
Fig. 22 - 22b. Boleodorus clavicaudatus n. sp. 22, head ; 22a, female
tail ; 22b, portions of esophagus and intestine.
June 30. 1941
NEMATODES OF THE FAMILY TYLENCHIDAE
83
Plate VIII
The Great Basin Xaturalist
84 GERALD THORNK \'o!. 11, Xo. 2,
Plate IX
Fig. 23 - 23e. Tliada striata n. sp. 2i, en face; 23a, head; 23b. pos-
terior portion of male, x 1000; 23c. anterior portion of body,
X 1000; 23d, posterior portion of female, x 1000; 23e, posterior
portion of diseased female, x 1000.
Fig. 24 -24c. Thada caiicellata n. sp. 24, head; 24a, anterior portion
of body, X 1200; 24b, posterior portion of female, x 1200; 24c,
esophageal system, x 1200.
Fig. 25. Neotylenchus coproplia(/its Goodey. 25, anterior portion of
body, X 900. After Goodey.
Fig. 26. Halenchus fucicola (deMan). 26, characteristic hooked ter-
minus. After deMan.
Fig. 27, 27a. An(/uilloncina pinguicauda Fuchs. 27, anterior portion
of l)ody, X 700; 27a, posterior portion of female, x 700. After
Fuchs.
Tune 30. 1941 nematodes of the family tyi.i.xi, ii idae 85
Peate IX
Lesser Yellow Legs, New Record for Washington County, Utah
Due to the unusually heavy rainfall this spring in Washington County a
ratlicr large playa lake developed, four miles south and west of Hurricane, Utah.
Tliis lake was visited Tuesday afternoon, May 6, 1941 by Mr. Xelson Snow,
l>iology instructor in the Hurricane High School, Mr. Jay King, a senior student
of the High School interested in zoology, and the writer. We were surprised
to find the following large number of shore birds feeding in this lake. With the
aid of field glasses we were able to count the numbers of the various species.
I was uncertain as to the identity of two species, so we collected specimens with
the 410-gauge shotgun. The following is a list of the species on the lake on the
above date :
Plcgadis (jiiaraiina (L.). White-faced Glossy Ibis. A flock of 14 specimens
were around the shore. They were quite wild taking to the air as we approached.
The other species of this list were too busy feeding to be frightened away.
Capclla dclicata (Ord.). Wilson Snipe. There were at least 30 individuals of
this species feeding in various parts of the lake.
Catoptrophonis sciuipaluiatiis iiioDiafits (Brewster). Western Willct. Tiiere
were 15 specimens of this species.
Totanns flavipcs (Gmelin). Lesser Yellow-legs. There was a flock of 20
specimens of this species. Three specimens were collected and are now in tlie
Brigham Young University vertebrate collection. This species is not reported by
Mr. Ross Hardy and H. G. Higgins, (An Annotated Check-list of the Birds of
Washington County, Utah, Proc. Ut. Ac. Sci. Vol. 17. pp. 95-111, 1940) in their
valuable paper on the birds of Washington County. This appears to be a new
record for this county of Utah.
lircunctcs inaiirii Cabanis. Western .Sandpiper. There were 30 to 40 sand-
pipers on the lakes. One specimen was collected and is now in the Brigham Young
University vertebrate collection.
Rcciirvirostni aiiicricami Gniebn. .\vocet. There were 25 to 30 avocets on
the lake.
Iliiiiaiitopiis iiuwicainis (Muller). Black-necked Stilt. Only 5 specimens of
this interesting wadder were on the lake.
This is the first time that large flocks of most of these species have been
observed in this county. Most of the records arc based upon a few migrants
observed along the Virgin River. — V. M. T.
86
THE REPTILES A\D AAllTllBlAXS OF IDAHO XO. i <i>
WILMER W. TANNER
In charge of Biological Scieuce
Provo High School, Provo, Utah
INTRODUCTION
In the present paper, iirst of a series of papers on Idaho reptiles,
an attempt has been made to bring together information on the am-
])hibians and reptiles of Idaho. This work has been in progress for
many years and is an outgrowth of many collecting trips, not only by
the author but by many of the Idaho students and other workers who
have collected reptiles from various Idaho localities and have deposited
them in the Hrigham Young University vertebrate collection. In fact
this work was started in 1928 when Dr. Vasco M. Tanner and a group
of students spent several weeks in southern Idaho. At al)out the same
time Mr. Richard P. Erwin was working on the reptiles of western
Idaho and sent over a hundred specimens to the Brigham Young Uni-
versity. During the past few years additional information has been
added and it now seems desirable to list the known records for the
state.
Besides those specimens found in the Brigham Young University
I am indebted to the following for the use of specimens, notes or for
suggestions : Dr. Victer E. Jones, University of Idaho Southern Branch
at Pocatello; Prof. O. H. Smith, College of Idaho at Caldwell; Mrs.
Ova B. Hawkins, Historical Society of Idaho at Boise; Mr. L. M.
Klauber, Natural History Museum, San Diego; and to Dr. Vasco M.
Tanner and Dr. D. K. Beck at the I)righam Young University.
The writer has found the work of Mr. Richard P. I'.rwin very
helpful, in studying the distribution of species in southwestern Idaho.
AMPHIBIA
Ambystoma mackodactylum Baird. The Long-toed Salamander
Specimens taken by Mr. Erwin were mostly from Ada County.
Ambystoma tigrinum slateri Dunn
Published Records: Latah and Kootenai counties, (Dunn 1940).
Remarks : Larval taken at Island Park and Warm River, Fre-
mont County, and two specimens from Madison County are doubtful.
It is more likely that these specimens belong to tigrirnum slateri.
(1) Contribution No. 92 — from the Department of Zoology and Entomology
-Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
87
The Great Basin Naturalist
88 WILMER \V. TAXXEK Vol. II, No. 2,
AmBYSTOMA TKIKIXLM NEBULOSUM Hallowell
Plblished Records: McCammon, Bannock Co., (V. M. Tanner
1931).
Remarks: Dr. E. R. Dunn in his recent paper, "Races of Aml)\-
stoma tigrinum." suggests that this species should occur in southern
Idaho and possibly larvae from "Snake River" and one from Malad
( (Jneida Co.) may belong here." Specimens collected in southern
Idaho are two few in number to make a careful distributional study
at this time.
Plethodon idahoensis Slater & Slipp. The Idaho Salamander
Five specimens were collected by Prof. James R. Slater and Mr.
John W. vSlipp from the northeast corner of Coeur D'Alene Lake,
Kootenai County, Idaho. This appears to be the first amphibian to
be described from an Idaho locality.
DiCAMPTODON EUSATUS ( Eschscholtz ) . The Pacific Giant Salamander
Five specimens were collected in Mannering Creek, near Highway
95 A, 12 miles north of Harvard, Benewah County, Idaho, by Prof.
J. R. Slater and Mr. J. W. Slipp. These specimens are believed to
be th.e first reported for Idaho.
AscAPHUS TRUEi Stcjneger. The American Bell Toad
Published Records: One mile north of Health, Cuddy Mts.,
Washington Co. ; and one half mile east of Black Lake, Adams. Co. ;
( Linsdale 1933). Mannering Creek, near Highway 95A. 12 miles
north of Harvard, Benew^ah County. (Slater & Slipp 1940).
ScAPHiopus iNTERMONTANUs Copc. The Spade Foot Toad
Published Records: Blackfoot Fork, (Cope 1871); Boise and
Kauna Cave. Ada Co.; (Erwin 1928) ; Boise, Ada Co., (V. M. Tan-
ner 1939).
Remarks: This species occupies the southern parts of Idaho and
n(jrth to the vicinity of Benewah County. The status of the specimens
tf) the north is in doubt. Dr. Vasco M. Tanner in his recent paper
"A Study of the Genus vScaphiopus" indicates the possible occurrence
of Scaphiopus hammondii in Kootenai and Bonner Counties. Dr.
Tanner assured me that specimens collected in northwestern Montana
and northeastern Washington were liaiiiiiioiidii. The extension of this
species into Montana indicates that it may l)e found in northern Idaho.
BuFO BOREAS BOREAS (Baird & Girard). The Northwestern or Moun-
tain Toad
Published Records: Clark's Fork, lower Kootenai River. Bon-
ner Co. ; Blue Lake, Mount Carlton. Kootenai Co. ; Pavette Lake and
June 30, 1941 kkptilks axd amphibians (if idaho 89
]\IcCalI. \alley Co.; Uoise. Ada Co.; Atlanta, Elmore Co.; Alturas
Lake and Sawtooth, Custer Co. ; between lUue Lake and Shoshone
Falls. Jerome Co.; Mink Creek near I'ocatello, Bannock Co.; Deep
Lakes and Bloomington Canyon. Bear Lake Co.. (Slevin 1928). Fair-
field. Camas Co. i\Y. W. Tanner 1940).
New Record.s : Madison County, George Marler Sept. 9. 1926.
Three miles south of Cascade, \'alley Co., Wilmer W. Tanner Aug.
16. 1940.
Remarks: Mr. R. P. Erwin reports this species as "very com-
mon" in southwestern Idaho. This toad is common in nearly all parts
of Idaho.
Pseudacris nigrita trisertata (Wied). The Three-striped Tree Frog
Published Records: Nampa. Canyon Co.; Boise. Ada County;
(Slevin 1928). Driggs. Teton County; (V. M. Tanner 1931). Delco.
Cassia County; (W. W. Tanner 1940).
Remarks: I have ol)served this little frog all along the Snake
River from Kimberly, Twin Falls County, to Burley, Cassia County.
fIvLA regilla Baird & Girard. The Pacific Tree Frog
Published Records: Payette Lake and Lardo. Boise Co.; Boise,
Ada Co.; (Slevin 1928).
Remarks: In reporting this species for southwestern Idaho in
1928 Mr. R. P. Erwin regards it as "very common" and adds. "Found
scattered all over the country, even in the mountains or anywhere the
ground is moist or there is sufficient moisture in the atmosphere."
That this species is numerous in and around Boise, Ada Co., 1 have
no doubt; last summer (Aug. 17, 1940j three specimens were col-
lected in a flower garden and others could be heard in all the ad-
joining lots and fields.
Rana catesbeiana Shaw. Bull Frog
Reported as common in and around Boise. Ada County, by both
Erwin and Slevin 1928. Mr. Erwin sa}'s that this frcjg was "intro-
duced irom the east into Idaho in 1890 by W. H. Ridenbough. of
lioise.
Rana pifiens Schreber. The Leopard Frog
Published Records: Sand Point and Hope. Bonner Co.; Weiser.
Washington Co. ; Caldwell, Canyon Co. ; Boise, Ada Co. ; Mountain
Home. Elmore Co. ; Spring Branch just above Shoshone Falls. Jerome
Co. ; Black Foot & Fort Hall, Bingham Co. ; American Falls, Power
Co.; Deep Lake and Bloomington Canyon, Bear Lake Co.; (Slevin
1928). Warm River, Island Park and Big Springs, Fremont Co.;
Tlie Great Basin Naturalist
90 WILMKR \V. TANXRR Vol. lI.No. 2.
Rexhurg, Madison Co. : Rigby, Jefferson Co. ; Malta and ( )akley.
Cassia Co. ; Twin Falls and Shoshone Falls. Twin Falls Co. ; Mc-
Camnion, I'annock Co.; and Paris, Rear Lake Co.; {W M. Tanner
1931 ). Delco, Cassia Co.; (W. W. Tanner 1940).
LIZARDS
Crotophytus collarts batleyi (Stejneger). The Western Collared
Lizard
Published Records : Mouth of Rruneau River. (3wyhee Co.;
(Van Denburgh 1922). P)elow Melba. Snake River Canyon. Ada
County; (Erwin 1928).
Remarks: In reporting this species, Mr. Erwin regards it as "not
common," and adds that it is "generally found on large boulders even
during the hottest days."
Crotophytus wislizenii (Baird & Girard). The Leopard Lizard
Published Records: Snake River near Fort Jioise, (Cooper 1860).
Plains across river from Glenns Ferry and mouth of Burneau River,
Ovvhyee Co. ; Blue Lakes to Shoshone Falls, Jerome Co. ; Twin Falls
and south side of Snake River near Salmon Falls, Twin Falls Co. ;
Cottonwood Creek, Cassia Co. ; Plains north side of Snake River be-
tween upper Salmon Falls and Bliss and between Bliss and Snake
River, Gooding Co. ; Glenns Ferry and Mountain Home, Elmore Co. ;
Boise, Ada Co. ; Weiser. Washington Co. ; Fort Hall. Bingham Co. ;
(Van Denburgh 1922).
Remarks: Mr. Erwin refers to this species as "fairly common,"
in southwestern Idaho. In my collection are several specimens col-
lected at Fort Hall. Bingham Co.. by Dr. V. E. Jones in May 1936
and one specimen from Owyhee Co., collected in 1938.
Uta stansburiana stansburiana (Baird & Girard). Stansbury
Lizard
Published Records: South side of Canyon between Shoshone
Falls and Twin Falls, Twin Falls Co. ; Blue Lake to Shoshone Falls.
Jerome Co. ; Plains and Snake River bottom near Bliss. Gooding Co..
(Van Denburgh 1922). Seventy-three specimens of this species col-
lected from the following localities. Swan Falls (Snake River), Snake
River below Melba and Ten Mile Creek, 15 miles south of Boise.
Ada Co. ; Indian Cone, near Snake River and 4 miles south of Cleft,
Elmore Co. ; Sucker Creek near Oregon Line south of Homedale,
Bruneau River Canyon 15 miles south of Bruneau, and Reynolds
Creek west of Murphy, Owyhee Co.; were collected by Mr. R. P.
June 30. 1941 reptiles and amphibians of idaho 91
Erwin and sent to the r)righam Young University. In his report of
southwestern Idaho he refers to this species as common in tlie rock\'
desert areas.
New Records: Near Shoshone Falls, Cassia Co.; Dr. D. V.. neck-
June 1928; near Wilder. Canyon Co., \V. W. Tanner Aui^ust 1940.
Remarks: This species is apparently common in southwestern
Idaho. I found it to he numerous from Wilder, northwest aloni;- the
Snake River to Adrian, Oregon. August 1940.
ScELOPORUS cRACiosus GRACiosus ( Baird & Girard ) . The Sagebrush
Swift
Published Records: Fort Hall, Bingham Co.; and from Salt
Lake to Oregon (Cope 1871). Blackfoot, Bingham Co.; Big Lost
River, Butte Co. ; Lemhi Indian Agency, Lemhi Co. ; (Stejneger 1891 ).
Pocatello, Bannock Co. ; Idaho Falls, Bonneville Co. ; Plains near
Conant, Cassia Co. ; plains between Shoshone and Blue Lakes and
Blue Lakes Canyon, Jerome Co. ; Bliss and Plains between Bliss and
.Snake River, Gooding Co. ; Plains across river from Glenns Ferry,
Owyhee Co.; Boise, Ada Co.; Weiser, Washington Co.; (Van Den-
burgh 1922). Rexburg, Madisen Co.; (W. W^ Tanner 1940).
New Records: Oakley, Cassia Co.; V. M. Tanner June 1928;
Stone and Holbrook, Oneida Co., G. F. Knowlton.
.Sceloporus occidentalis biseriatus (Hallowell). The Western
Blue-bellied Lizard
Published Records: The sage brush plains between Shoshone
and Blue Lakes, Blue Lakes Canyon, on Canyon Walls at .Shoshone
Falls north of ferry, Jerome Co.; and Boise, Ada Co.; (\'an Den-
burgh 1922).
Remarks: Mr. R. P. Erwin lists this species for southwestern
Idaho with the comment that they are "very common." I have seen
specimens from Ada and Owyhee Counties.
Phrynosoma DOUGLASSii ORNATissiMUM (Girard). The .Short-Horned
Horned Lizard
Published Records : " Found on the plains west of the Rocky
Mountains, as far west as the Cascade Range. One was caught in
September near the Snake River, Oregon territory." (Cooper 1860).
Fort Hall, Bingham Co., (Cope 1871). Clearwater River 7 miles
above Lewiston and at Lewiston, Nez Perce Co. ; Boise, Ada Co. ;
Big Butte, and Aero, Butte Co. ; Shoshone. Jerome Co. ; Sage Brush
plains near Conant, and Cottonwood Creek, Cassia Co. ; Blackfoot,
Bingham Co. ; American Falls, Power Co. ; and Pocatello, Bannock
County. (Van Denburgh 1922).
The Great Basin Naturalist
92 W'lI.MF.R W. TANNF.R \'()1. ll.Xo. 2,
Rkmakks: The exact range of this species is not known; it ap-
pears certain, however, to cover most of southern and central Idaho.
Mr. l^rwin comments as follows: "We have found this lizard only
occasionally in sandy places in rock-strewn, semi-arid country."
In assigning Pliryiiosonia doiiglassii ornatissimum to Idaho, I real-
ize that this is as yet quite an unsolved question. Few groups of rep-
tiles are in such dire need of study as the short horned lizards.
Probably the best summary of this group is that given by Dr. Van
Denburgh in his "Reptiles of Western North America Vol. I. pp.
371-376. As it now stands one is not sure whether to refer to the
Great Basin and Southern Idaho forms as P. d. ornatissimum or P. d.
ornatum or if two distinct groups exist. Until more information is
available I choose to use P. d. ornatissimum for the Idaho specimens.
Ptiyknosoma platyrhinos Girard. The Desert Horned Lizard
Published Records : Mouth of Bruneau River, and plains across
river from Glenns Ferry, Owhyee Co. ; Lava Plains, Shoshone and
.Snake River and Sage plains between Shoshone and Blue Lakes,
Jerome Co. ; Plains between Bliss and Snake River, Gooding Co. ;
Cottonwood Creek, Cassia Co. ; reported by Cope for Sandpoint, Bon-
ner Co., (Van Denburgh 1922).
Remarks : I have specimens collected from near Bliss by Dr.
V. F. Jones, and two specimens collected from Owyhee County. Mr.
Irwin reports this species as "fairly common." "Found in sandy,
gravelly places in semi-arid areas." Its complete range in Idaho is
unknown.
Gerrhonatus coervleus prtncipts (luiird & Girard). The Northern
Alligator Lizard
Published Records: A few miles south of Sandpoint, Bonner
Co., (Slipp 1940).
Cnemidophorus tessellatits tessellatus (Say). Desert Whiptail
Lizard
PiTRLisHED Records: Between Shoshone Falls, Twin Falls and
LTpper Salmon Falls, Twin Falls Co. ; Conant, Cassia Co. ; Bliss, Good-
ing Co. ; Glenns Ferry, Elmore Co. ; Boise, Ada Co. ; Payette, Payette
Co. ; (Van Denburgh 1922). Snake River Canyon southeast of Melba,
and Swan Falls, Ada Co. ; Given's Hot Springs in the Snake River
Valley, Canyon Co. ; Snake River across from Given's, 18 miles south
of Bruneau, Bruneau River Canyon, South of Nampa, and south of
Walter's ferry, Owyhee County (Burt 1931).
New Records: This species was numerous in the willows on both
June 30, 1941 RRPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS OF IDAHO 93
sides of Snake l\iver soutliwesl of Wilder, Canyon and ( )\v\liee Conn-
lies, Ans^nst 17. 1940.
laMi:CF.s .SKILTONIANFS SKTLTONiANi's ( I'aird &' Givard). Tlie West-
ern Skink
r'uHi.isHF.D Records: Boise, Ada Co.; and Fort Hall, llini^ham
County, (Van Denburgh 1922). Pocatello, luinnock Co.; Lewiston.
Xez Perce Co.. (Taylor 1935).
Remarks: Mr. R. P. Erwin lists this species as "rare" in south-
western Idaho. Intensive collecting" from Ada County north will un-
doubtedly extend the range of this species in Idaho.
SNAKES
CiiARiNA BOTTAE ( Blainvillc) . The Rubber-Snake
Published Records : Blue Lake and Hood's Valley, Kootenai Co. ;
Hope. Bonner Co. ; and Fish Haven Creek, Bear Lake Co.. (Van Den-
burgh 1922). Paris. Bear Lake Co., (V. M. Tanner 1933).
New Records: Jarbridge Canyon, Owyhee Co., 1936, J. W. As-
dale.
Remarks: Mr. Erwin refers to this species as "fairly common"
and as "usually found in moist shadv places, and especially in rotten
logs."
Diadophis amabilis occtdentalis Blanchard. The Western Ring-
neck Snake
One specimen was collected five miles southwest of Horseshoe
Bend. Boise County, by Mr. Joe Webster, November 1937, (Reported
by Uhler 1940).
Diadophis regalis regalis (Baird 8z Girard). The Thimble Snake
A specimen was collected in the mountains east of Preston. Frank-
lin Co., by a student who later gave it to Dr. J. S. Stanford of the
Utah State Agricultural College at Logan. Utah, (Reported by W. W.
Tanner 1940).
Coluber constrictor mormon (Baird & Girard). Blue Racer
Published Records: Big Butte, Butte Co., (Stejneger 1890).
Coeur D'Alene. Kootenai Co. ; Boise, Ada Co. ; Atlanta. Elmore Co. ;
the mouth of the Bruneau River, Owyhee Co. ; and Upper Salmon
Falls, Gooding Co., (Van Denburgh 1922). Caldwell, Canyon Co..
(W. W. Tanner 1940).
New Records: Clifton, Franklin Co., Douglas Merrill 1933. Mt.
Idaho, Idaho Co., W. W. Tanner 1940.
The Great Basin Naturalist
94 WILMER \V. TANNER Vol. II, No. 2,
Coluber taentati's taeniatus (Hallowell). The Western Striped
Racer
Published Records: Bliss. Gooding County, and r>oise, Ada
County, Van Denburgh 1922).
Remarks: Mr. R. P. Erwin reports this species as "common" in
southwestern Idaho. I have seen several of the specimens collected
l)v Mr. Erwin from Ada and Owyhee Counties.
PiTuoPHis catenifer deserticola Stejneger. The Desert Gopher
Snake
Published Records: Fort Boise, Canyon Co., (Cooper 1860);
Big Butte and Arco, Butte Co., (Stejneger 1891). Boise, Ada Co.;
Blue Lakes, Twin Falls Co. ; Indian Valley, Adams Co. ; Bear Lake
Co., (Van Denburgh 1922) ; Colson Creek, Salmon River, Lemhi Co.;
.Swan Lake, and Pocatello, Bannock Co., (W. W. Tanner 1940).
New Records: Two miles west of Boise, Ada Co., R. P. Erwin;
Fairfield. Camas Co., Cleo Pond 1939; Jump Creek, Owyhee Co.;
and a specimen from Moores Creek.
Rhinocheilus lecontei Baird & Girard. The Long-nosed Snake
One specimen was reported by Dr. John Van Denburgh for Glenns
Ferry, Elmore Co., Idaho. This area is dry and provides an environ-
ment very similar to that of southern and western Utah where several
specimens of this snake have been collected. Careful collecting will
surely produce more specimens from Idaho.
Sonora miniata miniata Stickel
Published Records : Snake River Canyon near Guifey, Ada
County, (Erwin 1925-28).
Remarks: One specimen in the State Historical Society of Idaho
(No. 7) must be referred to this species. This specimen was collected
by Mr, R. P. Erwin on the north rim of the Snake River near Guffey,
Ada Co., April 1924. Other specimens were collected at tliis same
time and deposited in other collections.
The scale counts and measurements on this specimen are as fol-
lows: Scale rows 15-15-14, ventrals 174, caudals 49. upper labials
7-7, lower labials 6-6, oculars 1-2, loreal 1-1. temporals 1-2, anal
divided, total length 270, tail length 51, the color was uniform brown.
Sonora semianulata semianulata Baird & Girard. Bicolor Ground
Snake
Published Records: Northern bank of the Snake River. Ada
County and Bruneau River. Owyhee County. (Erwin 1925-28).
Ri:marks: Two specimens collected by Mr. Richard !'. Erwin
I
Tune 30, 1941 reptiles and amphibians of idaho 95
have been studied 1)\' tlie writer. One specimen in the State Historical
Society of Idaho (Xo. 4) was collected along with several other speci-
mens on the north rim of the Snake River near Guffey. Ada County.
April 1924. A second specimen in the reptile collection of the College
of Idaho (No. 645) was collected at Hot Springs on the l')runeau
River. Owyhee County. Idaho. Dr. Smith at the College of Idaho also
reported that a specimen had been taken along the Snake River south
of Caldwell. Canyon County. Idaho.
Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus ochrorhynchus. The Night Snake
Three specimens of this species were collected by Mr. Erwin. at
Lucky Peak 7 miles east of Boise. June 29. 1919; Swan Falls. Snake
River. September 17. 1824; and Ten Mile Creek Canyon, 15 miles
south of Boise, Ada County, Idaho, (Erwin 1925-28).
Thamnophis ordinoides vagrans Baird & Girard
Published Records: Fort Boise( Cooper 1860) between Copen-
hagen, Utah and Fort Hall. Idaho, (Cope 1871) ; Salmon River Moun-
tains, Lemhi Co. ; Challis Valley, Custer Co. ; Birch Creek, Clark Co. ;
and Trail Creek, Idaho. (Stejneger 1891). Sand Point and Hope.
Bonner Co. ; Kootenai County ; Wardner, Shoshone Co. ; Lewiston.
Nez Perce Co. ; Weiser, Washington Co. ; Payette Lakes, Valley Co. ;
Boise. Ada Co. ; Malad River Canyon, Camas, Kelchum, and Guyer
Hot Springs, Blaine Co. ; Arco, Butte Co. ; Shoshone Falls, Jerome Co. ;
Salmon Falls, Twin Falls Co. ; Albion and Cottonwood Creek, Cassia
Co. ; Fort Hall. Bingham Co. ; Malad. Oneida Co. ; and Bear Lake,
Bear Lake Co.; Idaho (Van Denburgh 1922). Mr. Henry S. Fitch
in his recent paper on the Ordinoides group lists specimens from the
following localities: Troy, Latah Co.; Castle Rock Ranger Station,
south fork of Clear Water River, Idaho Co. ; ^ mile east of Black
Lake. 1 mile north of Bear Ranger Station Mount Smith, Adams
Co.; Heath, Cuddy Mountains, Crane Creek, 15 miles east of Mid-
vale. Washington Co. ; Island Park, Snake River near Yellowstone
National Park, inlet to Henry's Lake, Sheridan Creek, Fremont Co. ;
Idaho City, Boise Co. ; Pass Creek, Butte Co. ; 3 miles southwest of
Victor, Teton Co. ; Petit Lake, Alturas Lake, Blaine Co. ; 7 miles west
of Idaho Falls, Bonneville Co. ; 2 miles southwest of Aberdeen, Bing-
ham Co. ; Homedale. .Snake River north of Murphy. Reynolds Creek
12 miles south of Snake River. Castle Creek 8 miles south of Oreana.
and Indian Creek 2 miles south of Riddle, Owyhee Co. ; Little Wood
River, Lincoln County; Elba, Cassia Co.; (Fitch 1940); Lewston.
Ketchum, Fort Hall. Idaho. (Ruthven 1908).
New Records: Jefferson Co.. George Marler July 1926; Madison
The Great Basin Naturalist
96 WILMER W . TANNER Vol. II, No. 2,
County, George Maiier June 1926; Oakley. Cassia Co.. \\ M. Tanner
1928; Delco, Cassia Co.. W. W. Tanner July 1939; Warm River
Crossing, Fremont County, George Marler 1926; Clifton, Franklin
Co., Douglas Merrill July 1933; Shoshone Falls, Jerome Co.; V. M.
Tanner & D. E. Beck, June 1928; Fairtield, Camas Co., Cleo Pond.
July 1938 ; Pocatello. V. E. Jones. Bannock Co. ; Whitebird. Idaho
Co., W. W. Tanner. August 1940; Belvidere. Valley Co.. W. W. Tan-
ner August 1940.
Remarks: Many specimens collected by Mr. R. P. Erwin from
southwestern Idaho are in the State Museum at Boise. Idaho. In
commenting on this species Mr. Erwin refers to it as "very common."
Thamnophis sirtalis PARiETALis (Say). The Prairie Garter Snake
Published Records: Bear Lake, Bear Lake Co.; Weiser, Wash-
ington Co. ; Boise, Ada Co. ; Payette Lake, Boise Co. ; and Blue Lake,
Jerome Co., (Van Denburgh 1922).
New Records: Dagget Creek, Boise Co., R. P. Erwin Aug. 1925;
Caldwell, Canyon Co., (no date or collector listed) ; Clark Co., George
Marler Sept. 1926; Clifton, Franklin Co., Douglas Merrill. 1933;
Delco, Cassia Co., W. W. Tanner, July 1939.
Remarks : Mr. R. P. Erwin lists Sirtalis concinnus for south-
western Idaho. This was undoubtedly a misidentification, since
concinnus is limited to the Cascade area. Specimens examined from
the Ada-Canyon Co. areas appear more like the parictalis group both
in color and scale counts, than to those of Northern Idaho and Wash-
ington. Unfortunately too few specimens are available to make a care-
ful separation at this time.
TiTAMNOPHIS SIRTALIS TETRATAENIA (Copc)
Two specimens collected at a small stream just west of Coeur
D'Alene Lake, Kootenai, Co., are referred to this subspecies. The
scale counts are identical with specimens from southern Idaho but the
color pattern is much darker. In color they are more like the speci-
mens of Yakima, Washington. Here again too few specimens are at
hand to state with certainty to which subspecies they should be re-
ferred. Because of their close resemblance to the Washington speci-
mens it seems more likely that they belong to this subspecies.
Crotalus viridis lutosus (Klauber). The Great Basin Rattlesnake
Published Records: Snake River, (Cooper 1860); Blue Lake
Canyon, Jerome Co. ; Twin Falls, Twin Falls Co. ; Big Butte and Little
Lost River, Butte Co., Idaho, (Van Denburgh 1922). Black Creek
Canyon 15 miles south of Boise, Ada County, (Erwin 1925). Melba.
June 30, 1941 reptiles and ampiiihiaxs of idaho 97
Canyon Co. ; Rcgena and Cleft. IClmore Co. ; Madison Co. ; and Teton
Co.; (Klauber 1930). Fairtield. Camas Co., (W. W. Tanner 1940).
New Records: Clifton. Franklin Co.; Douglas Merrill July 1933;
near Bannock, Power Count}', \V. \\ . Tanner 1939; Pocatello, \'ic-
tor E. Jones, May 1936.
Remarks: Mr. L. M. Klauber informs me that "littosiis occupies
the southern, part of the state from Fremont and Clark Counties on
the east to Southern Valley County and Payette County on the west,
and from these south, although there is a section in the central area
where they apparently do not go quite so far north as a straight line
drawn between the counties mentioned."
Crotalus viridis viridis ( Ratinesque ). The Prairie Rattlesnake
Published Records: Lemhi Valley near Indian Agency (Stej-
neger 1891).
Remarks: Mr. L. M. Klauber reports tlie range for this species
U) be, "along the Salmon and Lemhi Rivers from Horse Creek east
and southeast at least to the town of Lemhi."
Crotalus viridis oreganus Holbrook. The Pacific Rattlesnake
This subspecies is reported by Mr. L. M. Klauber to occur "along
the western edge of Idaho from Weiser and Council on the south to
Riverdale, Kootenai Co. on the north, and to penetrate eastward up
tlie river valleys, especially up the Salmon and Clear Water Rivers."
SUMMARY
1. In this report 12 species of amphibia and 26 species of Reptiles
are listed for Idaho.
2. Notes on the general distribution within Idaho and published
records available to the writer are listed.
3. Many of the species are based upon comparatively few records,
and several by only one specimen. Careful collecting will surely pro-
duce interesting: distributional records for Idaho.
Gull Banding Notes at Utah Lake
The California gull. Lanis Califoniicus Lawrence was first banded at Rock
Island in Utah Lake on June 14, 1940. The banding party consisted of Reed
Biddulph, Dr. W. B. Hales. Dr. D. E. Beck, James Bee, Cluff Hopla, Blair
Carlson, Dwight Taylor, Vasco Jordan Tanner, and Dr. Vasco M. Tanner. Band-
ing began at 7:00 A. M.. and by 11:50 A. M. 1,000 gulls had been banded with
three bands ; a yellow band over a red one on the right leg and an aluminum
Biological Survey band on the left leg. The survey bands were numbered 680,001
to 681,000.
This banding was undertaken for tiie purpose of ascertaining something about
the migratory movements of the gulls. We are especially anxious to learn if the
birds return to this island and if they select the territory on the island in which
they were reared.
At this writing we have received reports from the Fish and Wildlife Service
and Mrs. Grace Sargent, chairman of Pacific Gull Project on twenty-seven of
the banded gulls. One no. 680,997 was found dead by W. R. Creer on July 1,
1940 at Spanish Fork, Utah ; while seventeen were found dead by the writer and
Dr. Beck on Rock Island on July 16, 1940. Apparently many of these were
injured by the adult gulls at the time of banding. On July 29, 1940 one was
found sick and unable to fly by Miss Delia Barney at Spanish Fork ; one was
caugh near Fallen, Nevada on July 30 by Edwin Harrigan ; one was found dead
by Elizabeth Aureiter at Wecoma Beach, near Ocean Lake, Oregon on August 3 ;
one was found injured and killed by George Hummer at Santa Cruz, California,
on August 4. Buster Hammond of Newport, Oregon found one dead on August
24 ; and Mr. V. T. Wilson on August 26 found one dead on the Bear River
Refuge. Two different gulls were sighted at La Jolla, California by Mr. and
Mrs. A. E. Hutchinson ; one on February 2, 1941 and the other one on Febru-
ary 24. Mr. P. Stoddard saw one on February 8, on the University of California
Campus at Los Angeles.
For the second year 1,000 gulls were banded on Rock Island on June 17, 1941.
The members of the party this year were Ted Johnson, Harry Chandler, E. C.
Draper, Dr. D. E. Beck, J. C. Dement, Jordan Tanner, Carmela Tanner, and
Dr. Vasco M. Tanner. Three bands a red, then aluminum survey band and finally
a yellow one were put on the left leg. The aluminum bands were numlx'red
649,001 to 650,000.
After banding we estimated that one out of every fifteen or sixteen of the
young gulls was banded. There are about ten to twelve thousand nests on the
island this year and barring fatality, due to cold stormy weather, the infertility
of the eggs, and starvation, there will be at least fifteen to sixteen thousand young
gulls reach flight maturity. Dr. Beck has made a rather careful study of the
gulls since they came to the island last spring and we believe there are at least
twenty-four to twenty-five thousand adult gulls in the colony.
We are surprised at being unable to find any of the 1940 banded gulls in the
colony. Considerable care and time has been spent in observing the gulls on the
island and in the fields this spring, but as yet we have failed to find any banded
birds.— V.M.T.
98
NEW SPECIES OF COLEOPTERA FROM UTAH *i'
(Omophronidae and Dytiscidae)
HARRY P. CHANDLER
While collectiiii,^ on the Escahmte River in the Colorado River
region a large series of light colored Omophronidae were obtained.
These proved uniformly different from our more common southern
Utah form in the Genus Homophron. When the latter w^as checked
it was found not to agree with any of the descriptions of this genus.
r>oth forms are closely related to illustrc and various subspecies of
aiiicricaiiitiii, but have the maculations more restricted.
KEY TO THE UTAH SPECIES OE OMOPHRONIDAE
1. Elytra 15 striate Homophron 2
Elytra 14 striate Prosccon 4
2. Pale areas of the dorsal surface predominating, no rom-
boidal maculation on the suture of the elytra near
the apex ^
Dark areas of the dorsal surface about equal to the pale
areas, elytra shining, with bright dark metallic green
luster, suture usually with a romboidal maculation
near the apex illustrc Csy.
3. Tips of mandibles short and stubby (Fig. 7), ground
color testaceous, maculations black, only faintly me-
tallic, ambulatorial setae on the fifth abdominal ster-
nite tanncri sp. nov.
Tips of mandibles long and pointed (Fig. 6U ground
color cream, maculations more confined, bright me-
tallic green in color, rarely with ambulatorial setae on
fifth abdominal sternite tanncri proximiun subsp. nov.
4. Dark areas predominant, maculations black or with very
faint metallic color, striae deep and rather coarsely
and deeply punctured oblitcrafum utensc Csy.
General color of upper surface pale, the dark markings
small without metallic color, or color very faint, luster
dull gilac pallidum Csy.
(1) Contribution No. 93 from the Department of Zoology and Entomology,
13righam Young University, Provo, Utah.
99
The Great Basin Naturalist
100 HARRY P. CHANDLb:R Vol. II, Xo. 2,
HoMOPHRON TANXERi Chandler, sp. nov.
Female: Length 5.8-7.0 mm. Width .x6-4.2 mm. General color,
ground color of the upper surface testaceous, maculations black with
faint metallic green tint, becoming stronger anteriorly, pale area pre-
dominating but less so than in Fig. 8, under surface dark piceous red.
Head with angular pale smooth frontal area, metallic green basal area
with punctures and sculpturing, the posterior side of the clypeus is
somewhat paraboloid, the lateral edges being darkened so as to make
the curve seem more even. Mandibles (Fig. 7) are short and stubby
as in H. americaniim, dorsal ridge evenly curved to join the lateral
edge of the mandible. Eyes black, and prominent ; antenna slender,
flavo testaceous, basal four joints glaberous, distal joints pubescent.
Pronotum predominantly dark, faint metallic green with pale lateral
edges ; posterior and anterior arms of pale extend inward becoming
quite dark in color. The lateral edge tinely emarginate. Elytra 15
striate, striae finely impressed, intervals moderately convex, flatly so
behind the posterior maculations. Body beneath, prosternum margi-
nate along the sides of the posterior process. Metasternum marginate
along the anterior and lateral edges of the disk. Ambulatorial setae
on segments 4, 5, and 6 of the abdomen.
Male: Length 5.2-5.9 mm. Width 3.3-3.6 mm. I'rothoracic tarsi
with the first segments enlarged and widened having a brush under-
neath, second joint with small brush.
Type Locality: Moab, San Juan Co., L^tah.
Besides the female holotype and male allot\i)e which are from
Moab, Utah, there are also 35 females and 20 males from Moab, Utah,
collected by the following: James Kartchner. Anson Call Jr., Irwin
Rasmussen and Dr. Vasco M. Tanner. Other localities represented
are La Sal, Utah (Anson Call) ; Blanding, Utah (Vasco M. Tanner) :
Marysvale, Utah (Vasco M. Tanner) ; and Vernal. Utah (Rowland
Rigby). The holotype and allotype along with about 50 paratypes are
in the Brigham Young L^niversity Collection. Paratypes will be de-
posited at the California Academy of Sciences and the U. S. National
Museum.
Habitat: This species is found in a sandstone desert area along
the banks of rivers on the sandy banks.
Remark: This species is related to Hoiiiopliroii ilhtstrc, and //.
americanum texanimi but is less broadly oval and smaller, especially
in the male. The maculations are more restricted and the upper sur-
face less glassy without the prominent metallic dark green luster.
NEW UTAH COLKOPTERA
June 30, 1941
Ne^ Species of Coleopiera from Ufah by Harry R Chandler
101
Fh>sttm3l epimemn- —
Mesos^emil epiitemim-
Mescsfernil epimeron-.
Mtiaiitrml episivrtn-
Metasiermm ~ f -jj.
MeUsfvnal epimerori -
AnttCMs/ piece-
Mthcoxi— -
Ventral segmmh'
1 0 Venfral vifw of H. finnerl proximum HydroporuS. frampuncfafus
aedeagus
Figures 1 to 16
The Great Basin Xaturalist
102 HARRY P. CHANDLER Vol. 11, No. 2,
HoMOPHRON TANNERi PROxiMUM Chandler, subsp. nov.
Female: (Fig. 8 & 10). Length 6.1-6.5 mm. Width 3.7-4 mm.
General color, base color of the upper surface is cream with bright
metallic green maculations, pale area predominating, under surface
reddish brown. Head with angular pale impunctate frontal area,
metallis green basal area with punctures and sculpturing ; antenna
(Fig. 9) ; mandibles large with long sharp tips (Fig. 6), the dorsal
ridge sharply bent on fusing with the lateral edge ; mouth parts
(Fig. 2, 3, & 4). Pronotum predominantly bright metallic green with
pale lateral edges finely marginate. Elytra 15 striate, striae weakly
impressed, faintly extending beyond the posterior dark spot ; intervals
flatly convex ; punctures small and deep, not impressed behind the
posterior dark spot, except rarely very faintly. Ambulatorial setae
(Fig. 10) on segments 4 and 6 of the abdomen, rarely on the fifth.
Genitalia Fig. 1.
Male: Length 5.7-6.1 mm. Width 3.3-3.7 mm. Prothoracic tarsi
with basal 2 joints enlarged (Fig. 5).
Type Locality: Box Canyon near the junction of Calf Creek
and the Escalante River in Garfield Co., Utah, (the first right hand
canyon on the Escalante River above Calf Creek).
Habitat: A large number of this subspecies were taken at the
head of a box canyon near an isolated pool, which was about 30 feet
in diameter with a small stream running out of it for about 100 feet.
They were quite numerous and were found hiding in cracks and under
the leaves rather than burrowing holes in the sand. This pool is about
2 miles from the Escalante River and has no water connections except
possibly for a brief period during the spring runoff or thunder showers.
Tt appears that the species may have developed around these isolated
shaded still water pools at the head of the box canyons of the vicinity.
On the Escalante River proper the form seems to be very variable,
approaching H. tanneri with various combinations of the characters
of each type. The individual characters do not seem to intergrade.
Some specimens, seemingly hybrids, are larger and more broadly oval
than either tanneri or tanneri proxinmm.
The holotype and allot^'pe will be placed in the P>righam Young
University collection. I'esides the holotype and allotype there are 30
paratypes all from the type locality.
June 30, 1941 nkw utah coleoptera 103
FAMILY DYTISriDAK
Hydroporus transpunctatus Chandler, sp. nov.
Length, male 5 mm. ; female 4.8 mm. Width, male 2.4 mm. ; fe-
male 2.35 mm. General form evenly elyptical (Fig. 11) ; integuments
shining alutaceous, elytra of male less alutaceous. Ventral side almost
entirely black. Head black except for a sharply defined transverse
rufous patch on the vertex, underside black. Antennae and mouth
parts piceous, a little less so on the under side and at the base of each
segment. Pronotum alutaceous with disk finely and sparcely punc-
tured, margins more closely and coarsely punctured especially in the
male, lateral edges finely but distinctly margined. Elytra a clear pice-
ous brown ; the suture black ; the inflexed edge, which covers the black
side pieces of the ventral segments, appearing black; a faint longitudi-
nal row of coarser punctures about a third of the width of the elytra
from the suture. Punctures of the elytra small arranged in trans-
versely elongate reticulate rows, (Fig. 12), the distance between the
rows about 2-2^ times the distance between the punctures in the same
row. Pubescence fine, about twice the distance between the rows of
punctures in length. Prosternum and epipleura black. Metasternum
and coxal plates finely and sparsely punctured, punctures coarser at
sides, less so in female. Ventral segments faintly and sparsely punc-
tured except the sides of the first and second segments of the male
which are coarsely and closely punctured as is also the posterior half
of the last segment ; the female with obscure rufous spots at sides.
Legs black except the inner sides of the tibia tarsus and trochanters
which may be obscurely rufous. Pro- (Fig. 13) and mesotarsi of male
broadly expanded ; the second segment of the protarsus slightly wider
than the first segment which is slightly wider than the third, the sec-
ond segment twice as wide as long, the third with the lobes as long
as the basal part, the claws large the anterior one shorter, stouter and
more curved at tip. Male mesotarsus with joints 1 to 3 slightly de-
creasing in width, general form similar to protarsi, claws small, a
little larger than those of the hind tarsi.
Female protarsi (Fig. 14) resembling somewhat the male in gen-
eral form but much reduced, the fourth segment completely reduced,
the fifth united with the bilobed third, so that the third appears tri-
lobed, the posterior lobe somewhat reduced. Only one claw is devel-
oped, it is stout, small and evenly curved. Female mesotarsus not
widely expanded. Male genitalia (Fig. 15 and 16).
Type Locality : The author collected both the male Holotype and
The Great Basin Naturalist
104 HARRY P. CHANDLER \'()1. I T. Xo. 2.
the female Allotype on Aui^-. 1, 1938 at Salamander Lake (pond), Mj.
Timpanogos, Ut. Co.. Utah.
The holotype is labeled "Aspen Grove Ut., No. A534, 8/1/38."
It will be deposited in the collection at the Brigham Young University.
The allotype is labeled "Aspen Grove Ut.. No. A535, 8/1/38"; it
W'ill remain in the author's personal collection.
The arrangement of the punctures of the elytra in lines is more
evident if a source of light from above is used. The punctures are
quite small but are evident if a good magnification is obtained. This
species would likely be run to axillaris in Fall's key. It may easily be
separated by the greater amount of piceousness of the under surface
and mouthparts, and the arrangement of the punctures of the elytra.
The modification of the female protarsus is quite unique if it proves
constant.
Painted Lady Butterfly in Migration
Again we wish to record the migratory movements of the Painted Lady
Butterfly, Vanessa cardnii L. While on a collection and study trip through south-
western Utah and Clark County, Nevada, the writer encountered large numibers
of this species at Kanarraville, Iron County, Utah, on April 27, 1941. They were
flying northward along highway 91. I continued to pass through hundreds of
specimens flying from three to ten feet high, down to Anderson's Ranch in Wash-
ington County, Utah. From here to Hurricane and St. George there was about the
normal number of specitnens of this species, flitting about in the fields and along
the highway. On April 30 I again encountered this species in migration north-
ward over the Mormon Mesa in Nevada. This same species was common around
Boulder City and Hemenway Wash and on Horseshoe Island in Mead Lake on
May L, 2, and 3. Mr. Russell K. Grater, Zion Park Naturalist and Dr. A. M.
Woodbury of the University of Utah, reported to the writer a heavy migration
northward in Sevier and Sanpete valleys of central Utah from April 30 to May 5,
1941. Several specimens were collected at these various localities which makes
certain the identification of this species. — V. M. T.
THREE NEW MAMMALS (MTCROTUS AND OCHOTONA)
FROM UTAH(i)
E. RAYMOND HALL
Associate Professor of Vertebrate Zoology
University of California
and
C. LYNX HAYWARD
Assistant Professor of Zoology
Brigham Young University
Recognition, several years ago, of the distinctive characters of
specimens of Microtus montanus from central Utah led to the saving
of additional specimens for the collections of the Zoology Department
of Brigham Young University. Study and comparison of these speci-
mens with topotypes and other pertinent materials in the Museum of
Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California reveals the ex-
istence of two hitherto unnamed geographic races of meadow mice.
Also, specimens of the pika from south-central Utah are found to
belong to a previously unrecognized race. Descriptions and names
for these three new subspecies are offered below :
Microtus montanus amosus Hall and Hayward, subsp. nov.
Type: Female, adult, skin and skull; no. 95272, Mus. Vert. Zool. ;
Torrey, Wayne County, Utah; June 18, 1938; collected by James W.
Bee ; original no. 705.
Range : Fremont River drainage in south-central Utah.
Diagnosis: Size large; tail long (25 to 27 per cent of total
length) ; color reddish; skull with short palate and short nasals;
hraincase wide across mastoidal region ; auditory bullae large.
Comparisons: Individuals of this race are larger than those of
nanus, nexus, fiisus or micropus and apparently are larger even than
ariconensis. The size is about as in fucosus and rivularis. The red-
dish color of the upper parts distinguishes amosus from nanus, mi-
cropus, fucosus and in lesser degree from nexus, but resembles that
of fusus, arizonensis and rivularis. From rivularis, . seemingly the
closest relative of amosus, it is distinguished by smaller skull, with,
nevertheless, much larger auditory bullae. Individuals of arizonensis,
which is the second closest relative of amosus, are smaller bodied.
(1) Contribution from: the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. University of
California, and the Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young
University.
105
The Great Basin Naturalist
106 E. RAYMOND HALL, C. LYNN HAYWARD Vol. II, No. 2,
Remarks : Specimens, not at this writing available for examina-
tion, from Jensen, Uintah County, Utah, were previously commented
upon (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 51, p. 132) as intermediate
in some respects between the small reddish race fustis from Colorado
and the larger, more blackish race micropus from Nevada. These
specimens from Jensen possess several characters which give basis
for thinking that when the geographic ranges of the subspecies of
Microtus montaniis in Utah are more thoroughly worked out, the race
amosus will be found to have an extensive range in the Colorado
River drainage in that State.
Measurements : Average and extreme measurements in milli-
meters of 3 adult males from Steep Creek, Garfield County, and 5 adult
females from Torrey, Wayne County, are: Total length, J^, 174
(170-179), ?, 180 (175-185) ; length of tail, 44 (41.5^6), 48 (40-
54) ; length of hind foot, 20.2 (20.0-20.5), 20.7 (20.0-21.5) ; weight
in grams, 62.0 (57-67), 67.0 (58-76) ; condylobasal length, 29.2 (28.9-
29.5), 29.9 (29.0-30.3); occipitonasal length, 27.8 (27.4-28.1), 28.4
(27.4-29.4); nasal length, 8.4 (8.2-8.5), 8.6 (8.3-8.9); zygomatic
breadth, 16.9 (16.5-17.3), 17.3 (17.0-17.6); interorbital breadth, 3.6
(3.6-3.6), 3.7 (3.5-3.9); mastoidal breadth, 13.8 (13.2-14.6), 13.6
(13.3-13.9) ; alveolar length of upper molar series, 7.1 (7.0-7.2), 7.4
(7.1-7.7) ; breadth of rostrum measured between ventral margins of
infraorbital canals, 5.3 (5.2-5.3), 5.5 (5.4-5.7); palatilar length, 14.9
(14.5-15.2), 15.6 (15.0-16.0) ; width of tympanic bulla between ante-
rodorsal face of external auditory meatus and posterior opening of
stapedial canal, 6.3 (6.2-6.3), 6.4 (6.2-6.5).
Specimens Examined: Total number, 25, as follows: WAYNE
CO.: Torrey, 6,500 ft., 15. GARFIELD CO.: Steep Creek, 8,500 ft.,
10. With the exception of the type, all specimens are in the collection
of the Department of Zoology, Brigham Young University.
Microtus montanus nexus Hall and Hayward, subsp. nov.
Type: Female, adult, skin and skull; no. 95271, Mus. Vert. Zool. ;
West Canyon, Oquirrh Range, Utah County, Utah; August 3, 1939;
collected by James W. Bee; original no. 19-8-3-39.
Range : Valleys and mountains of central Utah from Ogden south
to Fish Lake Plateau ; limits of range undetermined.
Diagnosis: Size medium; tail relatively long (averaging 28 per
cent of total length) ; upper parts with some reddish and some black-
ish ; skull small ; palate and nasals short ; braincase relatively narrow
across mastoidal region ; tympanic bullae large.
Tune 30, 1941 new utah mammals 107
Comparisons and Remarks: Individuals of this race are small
and in that respect approach nanus and fusus. M. ni. nexus is less red-
dish and more blackish than fiistis, blacker and less grayish than nanus
and less blackish than the larger micropus. Although this subspecies
is smaller than micropus, the auditory bullae are more inflated and ac-
tually are larger. The shorter palate, relatively shorter nasals, and
relatively narrower braincase, as measured across the mastoidal proc-
esses, are other features differentiating nexus from micropus. The
large bullae is a feature found also in oniosus but it and rivularis can
be differentiated readily from nexus by larger size.
The specimens from Fish Lake come from within the Colorado
River drainage and therefore might be expected to be referable to
amosus. Nevertheless they have more of the characters of nexus al-
though they are not typical of that race.
Measurements: Measurements of 3 adults, J^ no. 1728, 5 "O-
1730, and the type are: Total length, 172, 168, 155; length of tail, 42,
46, 41 ; length of hind foot, 21, 20.3, 20; weight in grams, 57, 70, 50;
condylobasal length, 27.8, 27.5, 27.2; occipitonasal length, 26.5, 26.2,
26.2; nasal length, 8.0, 7.5, 7.3; zygomatic breadth, 16.0, 15.9, 15.6;
interorbital breadth, 3.7. 3.6, 3.6; mastoidal breadth, 12.3, 12.3, 12.0;
alveolar length of upper molar series, 6.4, 6.7, 6.5 ; breadth of ros-
trum measured between ventral margins of infraorbital canals, 5.2,
5.3, 5.0; palatilar length, 14.3, 14.4, 14.2; width of tympanic bulla be-
tween anterodorsal face of external auditory meatus and posterior
opening of stapedial canal, 5.9, 6.4, 6.3.
Specimens Examined: Total number, 16, all from Utah, as fol-
lows : WEBER CO. : Ogden, 4293 ft., 3 (M.V.Z.) ; UTAH CO. : West
Canyon, Oquirrh Range, 8 (7 in B.Y.U.), Provo, 4510 ft., 1 (M.V.Z.) ;
SEVIER CO.: 10 mi. N. Fish Lake, Fish Lake Mts., 10,000 ft., 4
(M.V.Z.).
OcHOTONA PRiNCEPS UTAHENSis Hall and Hayward, subsp. nov.
Type: Male, adult, skin and skull; no. 95273, Mus. Vert. Zool. ;
2 miles west of Deer Lake, Garfield County, Utah; June 25. 1938;
collected by George Stanton Cannon ; original no. 73.
Range: Known only from the type locality.
Diagnosis : Size large ; hind foot of medium length ; color dark
grayish above; anteroposterior extent of palatal bridge equal to or
more than transverse width of crown of last upper molar; interptery-
goid space only slightly spatulate or parallel sided ; tympanic bullae
large ; nasals broad posteriorly.
The Great Basin Naturalist
108 E. RAYMOND HALL, C. LYNN HAYWARD Vol. II, No. 2,
Comparisons: Among named kinds of pikas this subspecies most
closely resembles Ochotona princcps saxatilis from the Rocky Moun-
tains of Colorado in cranial characters. The tympanic bullae are
larger in utahensis and this is the only distinguishing feature noted
between skulls of the two. The hind foot of utahensis, if we may re-
ly on collectors' measurements, is shorter and it is easily recognizable
by the grayer color. The upper parts (June-taken specimens) are
dark gray and lack the buiify or cinnamon color of saxatilis in comp-
arable pelage ; the underparts are darker cinnamon on the chest.
From O. p. cinnamomca and O. p. fuscipes which occur nearby to
the westward, utahensis dififers in larger size, grayer (less cinnamon)
color, wider (anteroposteriorly) palatal bridge, and more nearly
straight sides on the incisive foramina. The tympanic bullae of utah-
ensis are smaller than in fuscipes and larger than in cinnamomea.
Remarks : Specimen labels bear the notation "Private Lake, SE
Aquarius Plateau." We have not found this name on any map. The
place where the specimens were taken is 2 miles west of Deer Lake,
shown on the United States Forest Service map of Powell National
Forest. Neither has a land survey been located for the area in ques-
tion but it is judged that the locality lies in Sec. 9, R. 5E, T. 32S,
Salt Lake Meridian.
Measurements: Average and extreme measurements of 5 in-
dividuals ( 3 (^(^ and 2 $$) from the type locality are: Total length,
191 (180-200); length of hind foot, 29.2 (28-30); occipitonasal
length, 45.5 (42.8-47.4) ; zygomatic breadth, 22.1 (21.5-23.1) ; breadth
of braincase, 18.5 (18.0-18.9) ; postorbital breadth, 14.6 (14.4-14.8) ;
interorbital breadth, 5.4 (5.0-5.7) ; width of palatal bridge, 2.4 (2.1-
2.8); length of nasals, 15.3 (14.8-16.3); alveolar length of upper
toothrow, 9.1 (8.8-9.5).
Specimens Examined: Five from the type locality, four of which
are deposited in the vertebrate collection at Brigham Young University.
BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY
Largest private institution of higher learning in the Intermountain
Region, Brigham Young University is organized into five colleges, three
divisions, and the graduate school. Four quarters of instruction are
provided annually.
Colleges of Applied Science
Arts and Sciences
Commerce
Education
Fine Arts
Divisions of Religion
Research
Extension
Graduate School
Summer School
Departments of Instruction
Accounting and Business
Administration
Agricultural Economics
Agronomy
Animal Husbandry
Art
Bacteriology
Bible and Modern Scripture
Botany
Chemistry
Church History
Church Organization and
Administration
Economics
Educational Administration
Elementary Education
English
Finance and Banking
Geology and Geography
History
Home Economics
Horticulture and Landscape
Architecture
Journalism
Library
Marketing
Mathematics
Mechanic Arts
Modern and Classical Languages
Music
Office Practice
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Philosophy of Education
Psychology
Secondary Education
Sociology
Speech
Theology and Religious
Philosophy
Zoology and Entomology
NATIONALLY ACCREDITED
For further information, write
The President
BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY
Provo, Utah
NEW CENTURY PRINTINS CO., PROVO, UTAH
Volume II
Number 3
The Great Basin Naturalist
November 29, 1941 y^^^%,
rutc \b 1841 ;
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Some Observations on Amphibia At and Near Las Vegas, New
Mexico, Arthur N. Bragg 109
Two New Species of Aphaenogaster (Hymenoptera: Formi-
cidae, Marion R. Smith 118
New Bird Records from Zion National Park 121
Antarctic Birds Contributed by Dr. Russell G. Frazier . . . 122
Published at Provo, Utah, by the
Department of Zoology and Entomology of
Brigham Young University
The Great Basin Naturalist
Vasco M. Tanner, Editor
C. Lynn Hayward, Assistant Editor
A journal published four times a year by the Department of
Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
Manuscripts. Only original unpublished manuscripts, pertaining
to the Great Basin and the Western United States in the main, will be
accepted. Manuscripts are subjected to the approval of the editor.
Illustrations. All illustrations should be made with a view to
having them appear within the limits of the printed page. The illus-
trations that form a part of an article should accompany the manu-
script. All half-tones or zinc etchings to appear in this Journal are
to be made under the supervision of the editor, and the cost of the
cuts is to be borne by the contributor.
Reprints. No reprints are furnished free of charge. A price
list for reprints and an order form is sent with the proof.
Subscription. The annual subscription is $1.50, (outside the
United States, $2.00). Single number, 50 cents.
All correspondence dealing with manuscripts, subscriptions, re-
prints and other business matters should be addressed to the Editor,
Great Basin Naturalist, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
Reprint Schedule of The Great Basin Naturalist
Each
Additional
2 pp.
4 pp.
6 pp.
8 pp.
10 pp.
12 pp.
2 pp.
50 copies
$2.00
$3.50
$4.50
$5.50
$6.50
$7.50
.95
100 copies
3.50
4.50
5.50
6.50
7.50
8.50
200 copies
4.75
5.75
6.75
7.75
8.75
9.75
300 copies
5.75
6.75
7.75
8.75
9.75
10.75
Covers: $5.00 for first 100 copies; $2.00 for additional 100 copies.
The Great Basin Naturalist
Published by the
^ Department of Zoology and Entomology NT^ Zeotegy *ff^
\^\d\s>o Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah ( 0£C 15 194]
i<a«AKt
\oLrMK II NOVEMBER 29, 1941
SOME OBSERVATIONS ON AMPHIBIA AT AND NEAR
LAS VEGAS. NEW MEXICO
ARTHUR N. BRAGG (1)
The summer of 1940 (June 6 to August 25) afforded opportunity
for the study of amphibians and reptiles in and about Las Vegas, San
Miguel County, New Mexico. Field trips were taken ahiiost dail\ :
pools, ponds, and streams investigated at every opportunity, for the
presence of tadpoles ; and several breeding congresses of Amphibia
observed. Representative collections of the herpetological fauna were
made, tadpoles of several species of Anura were reared and studied
in the laboratory, and copeous notes taken concerning ecological rela-
tions and habitats. Specimens have been deposited in the L^niversity
of Oklahoma Museum of Zoolog}'.
Las Vegas is located in the A^alley of Gallinas Creek, a tributary
of the Pecos River, in the short-grass plains. To the north and west,
however, the elevation increases rapidly to the Aspen Zone of the
Sangre de Christo Mountains within twenty miles up the Gallinas
Valley. The elevation at Las Vegas is approximately 6,400 feet; at
the edge of the Transition Zone, seven miles northwest of the city.
it is 6,767 feet ; and the Aspen Zone occurs at about 8,000 feet. The
greater part of the rainfall occurs in July and August (mean over a
period of seventy years, just over three inches for each of these
months). From late June on through the summer, afternoon and
evening showers are frequent, a circumstance which makes the dry
hills and mesas of the region suitable habitats for some of the noc-
turnal. terrestrial Amphibia. Mean temperatures for June, July, and
August are given by the U. S. Weather Bureau as 68.6. 67.1, and
60.7° F.. respectively. It is a region of warm days and cool nights
during the summer.
(1) Contrilnitinn from the Department of Zoology, University of Oklahoma,
No. 231.
109
The Great Basin Naturalist
110 ARTHUR N. BRAGG \'o]. 2. X< ). .\
Possible breeding sites for Amphibia in this region include (1)
permanent streams (principally the Gallinas and its tributary, the
Arrovo de Pecos, the former passing through the center of the city,
the latter skirting Las Vegas on the East) ; (2 ) irrigation ditches, of
which one large one and many small ones occur; (3) ponds, formed
b\- dams across streams, holding water for irrigation; (4) cattle-tanks
in short-grass pastures; (5) temporary pools and ditches; (6) seepage
l^ools from irrigation ditches, especially on the sides of mesas; (7)
ponds and pools formed in shallow sandstone quarries on the hillsides
just south of Romeroville, some seven miles south of Las Vegas; (8)
beaver ponds in the Aspen Zone of the mountains, especially in the
upper reaches of the Gallinas \''alley ; and (9) Alpine pools, formed
by showers and melting snow\ in the higher altitudes to the north.
In most of these, the water is muddy with suspensions of a gray clay,
some of which appears to be in a colloidal condition. In the beaver
ponds, in very few of the temporary pools, and in seepage pools, the
water may be temporarily or permanently clear. In the Alpine pools
and beaver ponds, the water is always clear. In the lower reaches of
the streams and in the pools formed by them here, turbidity depends
essentially upon the violence of the local or mountain rains, since after
heavy rainfall the runofif from the steep, sparsely vegetated slopes is
very fast.
AMPHIBIA OBSERVED
(1) Ambystoma tigrinum mavortium (Bairtl). One adult was
collected from wet pavement adjacent to a muddy temporary pond,
one mile north of Las Vegas at night in June ; another was taken in
the basement of a house in Las \^egas in Juh'. Larvae were numer-
ous in muddy temporary pools of large extent in and near Las \'egas
in June and July and in clear quarry-pools most of the summer. They
were also found in numbers in alpine pools near the snow-line at
about 11,000 feet elevation near the Taos County line, some fort\'
miles north of Las Vegas. Those in the quarry-pools were of vari-
ous sizes but those in the temporary and alpine pools were small and
individuals varied Init little in length. It seems probable that some
specimens in this region are paedogenic, but the collection of adults
proves that others are not.
(2) Bufo woodhousii woodhousii (GirardL The Rocky Moun-
tain toad is almost certainly the only Bufo in the region. At least.
under conditions of moisture and temperature known to be the most
favorable for other species in Oklahoma (Bragg, 1940. 1940a. 1940b)
none were found even with thorough search. Neither were tadpoles
• Nov. 29. 1941 AMPHIBIA AT LAS VEGAS, NEW MEXICO 1 1 1
of other species present at any time during the summer in any of the
waters of the region.
B. zv. zuoodhoiisii is very abundant all about Las Vegas. They
were especially prevalent in the valley of the Gallinas at 6,767 feet
elevation and below and in the valley of the Arroyo de Pecos within
the city limits ; but they also occurred high on the short-grass mesas
and on the wooded mountain sides both at Montezuma and in Taos
County to the north. Considering their prevalence in such situations
in Oklahoma (Bragg, 1940a), it is interesting that none were ever
found under street-lights at Las Vegas although actively searched for
at several times, when they were known to be out. Since there was
a relative scarcity of insects frequenting lights here as compared with
Oklahoma, it seems proabbly that whenever these toads are attracted
to streetlights, it is the prevalence of food rather than the presence
of the lights per sc which attracts them. These toads also feed abun-
dantly among the pines on the steep hillsides at Montezuma (in the
edge of the Transition Zone). Since few of them were found here
before late June, but were found almost every night thereafter when
looked for. it seems probable that the frequent afternoon showers at
rhis season provided sutificient moisture on the otherwise dry hills.
Tt is probably well to note that specimens were brought to me from
Taos County and from the valley of the Rio Grande near Chimayo,
Rio Arriba County, the latter collected by Ezequiel Sandoval, one of
my students.
The breeding habits in this habitat differ somewhat from those
of the same species in Oklahoma (Bragg, 1940a). Many tadpoles
were present in flowing streams upon my arrival in the region in
June. They were especialh^ abundant in the Gallinas both at Las
Vegas and at Montezuma, six miles to the northwest, as well as in
the Arroyo de Pecos at the eastern edge of the city. In all of these
locations they occurred only in the flatter areas of the stream beds
where the water was flowing with a gentle current. They were not
found in spring-fed pools on the flood plains of these streams adjacent
to the selected breeding sites in the main streams themselves. No
tadpoles were found at any time in the muddy cattle tanks in the
short-grass pastures of the region, although, basing judgment upon
knowledge of the habits of B. w. zvoodhousii in Oklahoma, these were
the first places investigated. Late in August, several young tadpoles
were taken from shallow, clear water, grassy quarry-pools south of
Romeroville. Judging from the size ranges, these had come from
three clutches of eggs laid at different times, two of them in one pool.
The Great Basin Naturalist
112 ARTHUR N. BRAGG Vol. 2, Xo. 3,
tlic other in an adjacenl pool. ( )tht.T llian the frequent light showers,
tliere had been no rain since Aui,rust 6. and the tadpoles were too
small to have been produced on or near this date. iMales were heard
callini,^ all alonj^ irriijatif)n ditches as well as in the Gallinas (lurin,t;
several nii^hts in fune wlien tliere liad been no signihcant rain. ( )n
the other hand, none were seen or hard about suitable breeding sites
after an 0.80 inch rain on July 12 or after heavy rain on August 5
and (\ both of which brought (jut Scaphiopus in large numbers (see
beyond). />'. w. ivoodhousii was never found lireeding. nor any evi-
dence of its having bred, in roadside ditches in this region.
These observations confirm two conclusions drawn from a stud}
of tliese toads in Oklahoma (IJragg, 1940a) : ( 1 ) that tlie}- l)reed more
or less independently of rain and (2) that this is a very adjustable and
versatile species whose habits are not so fixed that they cannot l)e
changed considerably in adaptation to various habitats.
(3) Pseudacris triseriata Wied. This little hylid was found on
one night only, l)reeding in considerable numbers in grassy, clear-
water, shallow pools after the rain of 2.04 inches on .August 5 and 6.
Many males, a few females, and one clasping pair were taken in
one place on the north edge of the cit}'. a very few from the edge
of another Hooded area nearl)y ; and (jne calling male from an overtiow
of a ditch four miles to the south. The clasping pair produced a few
eggs in the laboratory but these did not develop. Thorough sampling
of these pools with a dipnet at two diliferent times later failed to reveal
tadpoles. It seems probable that, of the many presumal)!}- produced,
most fell prey to the predaceous larvae of Scapliiopus honibifrons which
were very numerous in the pools.
(4) Scaphiopus hammondii Baird. T wish to emphasize that
the western spadefoot occurs abundantly about Las Vegas. It is not
limited to California and areas immediately adjacent as implied by
Stejneger and Barbour (1939). It bred twice during the summer,
first during the evening of July 12 after a downpour of 0.80 inch
in one-half hour late in the afternoon and again, on the night of
August 6, after just over two inches of rain. Both times, many eggs
were laid and tadpoles develo]:)ed in many pools, every one of them
muddy and temporary in nature.
The voice of this species has been adeciuately described by Orten-
burger (1924) as like the loud purr of a cat but with the metallic sound
of grinding gears. It is (|uite different from that of the closely related
.V. honibifrons and an\- experienced person upon hearing the two species
calling together could not possibly mistake the one for the other. The
Nov. 29, 1941 AMPiiiruA at las vegas, nkw mkxico 1 1.^^
reactions ol tho males in sccuriiii^ males also (litter from those of -S".
hoinbifroiis. According' to Trowbridj^e and Trowhridj^e, 19.v, I and
often confirmed by my own observations), the male of the latter species
calls with little moving" about, apparently depending upon the call to
attract the female. In contrast, the male of S. Iiaiiuiiondii swims ac-
tively while calling (cf. Ortenburger, 1924) and investigates any other
spadefoot that comes near. Ten different times 1 watched two males
swim actively toward each other, meet head on and struggle for the
clasping position. In each case, when one has been successful, the other
uttered its breeding cry within a few seconds. \vhereu])on it was re-
leased immediately, ."^ince none were released before uttering the call,
it seems probable that voice plays a part in sex-recognition in this spe
cies. I was not successful in seeing a mating between a female and
male.
These differences in the calls and in the mating behavior confirm the
results of Smith (1934) and of Tanner (1939) who concluded, ])rin-
cipally upon diiferences in the bony structure at the top of the head,
that S. hammondii and .S'. homhifrons are specifically distinct. The
specific status of these two forms is further confirmed by the constant
dift'erences in their tadpoles (Smith, 1934; Bragg, 1941). those of
Iianinwndii having a prominent beak and notch in the jaws and over-
developed jaw-muscles, whereas those of S. homhifrovs lack these
structures.
(5) Scaphiopus bombifrons (Cope). The plains spadefoot ap-
peared in numbers, breeding in all sorts of temporary pools of both
muddy and clear water, during and after the rains already mentioned
in July and August. Whereas S. hmnmoudii appeared only upon the
nights immediately following the rains. S. bombifrons called in di-
minishing numbers for two nights after the rain in July and f<jr three
nights in August. Most of the eggs were laid during the first night
in each case, however. A small chorus was also heard and individuals
seen during the afternoon of August 6 in a deep roily ditch wherein
eggs had been laid during the rain the night before.
These facts do not support the common idea that .S". bnuihifrDus
appears but once during a season to breed (cf. Trowbridge and Trow-
bridge, 1937) ; and it adds one more to the comparatively few records
of these spadefoots having breeding activities in the daytime.
Breeding of both species of spadefoots was observed in many dif-
ferent pools. Some of these contained only S. bombifrons, others had
only or mostly 5". hammondii, and still others had about equal num-
The Great Basin Naturalist
114 ARTHUR N. BRAGG Vol. 2, No. 3,
hers of each species. I could find no prc^hahle reason why this should
be so.
In one pool which was very extensive but exceptionally shallow
and very muddy, Scaphiopus hombifrons bred alone I)Oth in July and
in August (determined not only by calling males but also l)y the tad-
poles later collected). The eggs produced here in July were not
seen but those laid in August were produced in an exceptional manner.
Each t^g in more than fifty masses found was on a stalk of jelly
almost exactly like those figured by Ortenburger (1924) for the eggs
of 5". harnmondii in Arizona, except that the egg-masses were smaller.
There were often as few as ten or twelve eggs in one mass and seldom
more than thirty, the masses close together near the bank and fixed
to very low vegetation at the edge of the water. F.ach tgg was at-
tached separately to a plant so that the stalk did not occur on the
edge of a jelly-mass as is indicated by Wright and Wright (1933)
that they sometimes may be. This is probably the result of the small-
ness of the masses produced. Since other small masses of eggs of
this species have been found which did not have stalks, both in New
Mexico and in Oklahoma, and since no eggs observed in other pools
have had this appearance, it seems probable that the stalked eggs
were produced as a result of some factor or factors in the environ-
ment rather than some property intrinsic to the organisms. I have no
idea as to what this factor may be ; but it should be noted that this
pool was very much more shallow (nowhere more than two to four
inches deep) than I have ever before seen used by S. hombifrons for
breeding.
As was observed by Gilmore (1924) for one of them, tadpoles of
both S. bombifrons and S. hanunondii vary much in developmental
rates, even in the same pool. They also have an independent difference
in average size at the same age in different pools. The variation in
size of individuals in a single pool is more marked in 6*. Jiammondii
but the difference in individual sizes in any two pools is more notice-
able in S. bombifrons. Seventy-one tadpoles of the latter species from
one pool varied between 13.0 and 39.0 mm. in total length about an
average of 27.4 mm., whereas thirty-five of the same age from another
pool were just entering metamorphosis at an average length of 45.6
mm. with a range of 42 to 51 mm. Since it was noted that, in general,
the deeper the pools, the smaller the tadpoles, a temperature factor
may explain the differences of average sizes of tadpoles of 6". bombi-
frons taken at the same age from different pools. This will not ex-
plain the individual variations noted in the same pools for this species
Nov. 29, 1941 AMPHIBIA AT LAS VKGAS, NKW MEXICO 1 1 -^
nor the much greater variations noted for ^. liammondii, some indi-
viduals of which have a developmental rate so fast, when compared
with that of their sisters of the same age and in the same pool, as to
be truly remarkable.
In most pools observed carefully, the numbers of tadpoles of .V.
hammondii (but not of S. bombifrons) were comparatively fewer
than expected on the bases of calling males previously noted and of
eggs seen. Because of this and also because tadpoles of .V. Jiammondii
are known to be cannibalistic, I am inclined to interpret the individual
differences in developmental rates as an adaptation, some individuals
forging ahead of their fellows in development and feeding upon them.
1 have no direct evidence that this is the case, however, and 1 have
no idea as to how such favored individuals might be produced.
Twenty-one larvae of .9. bombifrons were reared through meta-
morphosis and kept for about three weeks in a pail of moist sand to
note their behavior, especially as regards feeding. They were fed daily
(often several times a day) upon small insects and spiders. Their re-
actions and food were essentially as described by Trowbridge and
Trowbridge (1937), with the following exceptions and additions. They
were often out in the daytime and some individuals burrowed only
when direct sunlight fell upon them or wdien the surface of the sand
was allowed to become dry. In the early morning, nearly all would be
out. In late afternoon, a few of the larger individuals were always in
evidence. In feeding, some were more aggressive than others and these
grew at a faster rate. The following types of organisms were eaten
at least once (some many times) : gnats, small flies, small ants of
several species, (large ones were offered but never eaten), thrips, col-
lembolans, leaf-hoppers, aphids, several types of small beetles, crab-
spiders, and other small spiders. Individuals of a species of small
black ant were once taken by each of two of the larger toads, where-
upon the toads hopped frantically about, clawing at their mouths, and
thereafter refused to attack this insect. These small toads gave no
evidence of negative phototaxis but remained active and feeding under
an electric lamp. This observation is like that of Trowbridge and
Trowbridge (1937) and differs from the findings of Smith (1934).
However, as the Trowbridges noted, it does not follow that the be-
havior in captivity necessarily is the same as in nature.
(6) Rana pipiens pipiens (Schreber). The common leopard
frog was the only Rana found in the region. It was very abundant
along the water-courses and around all of the larger temporary pools
and ditches to an elevation of at least 6,800 feet; but neither it nor
The Great IJa.siii Xaturalist
116 " ARTHUR N. BRAr,(; Vol. 2, No. 3,
its tadpoles occurred in and about the beaver ponds in the higher
readies of the GalUnas Valley, nor was it found in the alpine pools
higher in the mountains. Alost of its tadpoles were found in the per-
manent water of the region, principally because its breeding season had
passed before the temporary pools had formed during the present
season. Its tadpoles were found in one shallow quarry-pool, however.
One adult specimen and several larvae, were presented to me from
Chimayo, Rio Arriba County, by their collector, Mr. Ezequiel Sand-
oval.
In view of the question as to how many species of frogs of the
pipiens group should be recognized in North America, the following
characteristics of this form may be of interest : This frog had already
bred upon my arrival in June, its tadpoles metamorphosing from late
June to mid-July. I found no real evidence of its breeding after June
6 although one mated pair was seen on the bank of a temporary pool
during a warm afternoon in mid-August. As contrasted with the
common leopard frog of central Oklahoma, it did not call after the
rains in July and August while Scaphiopus was breeding, as could
have been expected of the Oklahoma form ; it was relatively easy to
catch by hand in the daytime, something which is decidedly not true
of the Oklahoma form ; and it seldom emitted a call as it plunged
to the water when alarmed, something very characteristic of the com-
mon frog of Oklahoma. Structurally, it is a short-headed (or at
least not a long-headed) type, and it does not usually have the white
spot in the center of the tympanum, a characteristic of its Oklahoma
counterpart.
While differences in characteristic behavior are of no help to a
taxonomic worker w^ith a series of alcoholic specimens before him,
these differences should be taken into account whenever possible. After
observing the two forms in the field, I feel certain that the frog about
Las Vegas, New Mexico is ver}- similar to, if not identical with, the
grass-frog of New England (Rami brachycephala of the recent check-
list) and the leopard frog of Wisconsin and different from that of
Oklahoma which I call Raiia sphcitoccphola (Cope).
SUMMARY
In summary, one Bufo, one Rana, one Pseudacris, two Scaphiopus
and one Ambystoma apparently constitute the amphibian fauna of the
Las Vegas region. The Bufo and Rana typically breed in the spring-
time, the Rana before the Bufo, if one may judge from this one sea-
Nov. 29, 1941 AMPHIBIA AT LAS VECAS, NKW MEXICO 1 17
son's observations. 11k- I'scudacris and both species of Scaphiopus
lireed following- rains later.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
liragg, Arthur X., 194(). Observations on the ecolog}- and natural
history of Anura. I. Habits, habitat, and breeding of Bufo
cognatus Say. Amer. Nat. 74 : 322-349 and 424-438.
, , 1940a. Observations, etc. 11. Habits, habitat and breed
ing of Bufo zi'oodlioiisii zi'oodliousii ( Girard ) in Okla. Amer.
Midi. Nat. 24: 306-321.
, , 1940b. Observations, etc. 111. The Ecological distribu-
tion of Anura in Cleveland Count}-, Oklahoma, with notes on the
habits of several species. Amer. Midi. Nat. 24: 322-335.
, , 1941. The Tadpoles of Scaphiopus boDibifroiis and .S'.
hammondii. The Wasmann Collector 4 : 92-94.
Gilmore, R. J., 1924. Notes on the Life History and Feeding Habits
of the Spadefoot Toad of the Western Plains. Colo. College
Publ. (Sci. Ser.) 13: 12 pp. 7 figs.
Ortenburger, A. L, 1924. Life History Notes — Scaphiopus — the
Spadefoot Toad. Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 4: 19-20. ps. 2 and 3.
Smith, Hobart M., 1934. The Amphibians of Kansas. Amer. Midi.
Nat. 15: 277-528.
Stejneger, Leonard and Thomas Barbour. 1939. Checklist of North
American Amphibians and Reptiles, ed. 4, XVI + 207 pp.
Harvard University Press.
Tanner, Vasco M., 1939. A Study of the genus Scaphifjpus : the
Spadefoot Toads. Great Basin Nat. 1 : 3-20, pis. 1-3.
Trowbridge, Albert H. and Minnie S. Trowbridge, 1937. Notes on
the cleavage rate of Scaphiopus boinbifroiis Cope, with additional
remarks on certain aspects of its life history. Amer. Nat. 71 :
460-480.
Wright, A. A. and A. H. Wright, 1933. Handbook of Frogs and
Toads, XI + 231 pp., 82 pis. Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca, N. Y.
Wright. A. PL. 1929. Synopsis and Description of North American
Tadpoles. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 74 (art. 11) : 1-70, pis. 1-9.
TWO NEW SPECIES OF APHAENOGASTER
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)
MARION R. SMITH
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine
United States Department of Agriculture
The worker of each of the 33 previously described forms of
. Iphaeiiogastcr occurring in the United States is characterized by a
pair of epinotal protuberances commonly known as "spines." These
may vary from well-defined spines in some species to structures which
might more properly be called tubercles in other species. Aphaeno-
(jastcr niutica, described by Pergande from Lower California and
listed by Wheeler at present at Terlingua, Tex., has a worker in which
these structures are greatly reduced but are nevertheless present as a
pair of very short but distinct tubercles. Recently I have seen two
undescribed species in which the tubercles are so vestigial that they
can be detected only by the most careful examination. One of the
species is from Florida, the other from Arizona.
The tubercles on the Florida worker are so feebly developed that
they can be seen only under high magnification (61.2 times), whereas
those of the Arizona form are scarcely more evident. Although the
worker of each species has a slender body and slender appendages,
a head greatly narrowed posteriorly, and large and proturberant eyes.
I believe both species should be referred to the subgenus Attomyrnia
Emery rather than the subgenus Dcrotuyrma Forel, since in each case
there is lacking the remarkable collar-like constriction of the posterior
part of the head, and the very pronounced, reflexed occipital flange
characteristic of Deromyrma.
The two forms may be distinguished as follows :
.\nterior surface of petiolar node, in profile, almost in the same plane as that of
the dorsal surface of pedicel : pt>stpetiolar node long, k)w and moderately
convex ; Florida floridana. new species
.\nterior surface of petiolar node, in profile, meeting the dorsal surface of the
pedicel in a very pronounced, obtuse angle ; postpetiolar node short, rather
high, and strongly convex ; Arizona houldcrriisis. new species
Aphaenogaster (Attomyrma) floridana Smith, n. sp.
WoKKKR. — Length 4.5-5 mm.
Head, excluding mandibles, one and one-fourth to one and one-
118
Xov. 29, 1941 XFAV SPECIES OF APHAENOGASTEk 119
half times as long" as broad; including mandibles, subelliptical ; much
broader anteriorly than posteriorly; sides very strongly converging
posteriorly behind the eyes. Occipital flange present but weakly de-
\ eloped. Mandible large, elongate, triangular, the masticatory border
with four prominent apical teeth, and a numbr of smaller and less
distinct basal teeth. Clypeus approximately twice as broad as long,
convex, with a very feeble emargination in middle of anterior border.
ICye prominent, strongly convex, with approximately 15 facets in its
greatest diameter; about one and one-half times its greatest diameter
from base of mandible. Antennal scape slender, long, approximately-
one and one-fifth times as long as head not including mandibles;
noticeably enlarged toward apex. Dorsal surface of prothorax and
anterior half of mesothorax, in profile, forming a regular but not
strongly convex arch. Posterior half of mesonotum weakly depressed.
Mesoepinotal constriction distinct, not so deep as broad. Base of
epinotum feebly convex, distinctly longer than declivity and meeting-
declivity in an obtuse angle ; epinotal tubercles so feebly developed as
to be visible only under high magnification (61.2 times). Petiolar
node about one and one-fourth times as long as pedicel ; anterior sur-
face of petiolar node, in profile, so weakly declivous that the dorsal
surface of the pedicel and the anterior surface of the petiolar node
appear in almost the same plane ; posterior surface not strongly con-
vex, slightly longer than the anterior surface and meeting the latter
at an angle of approximately 90 degrees. Postpetiole about one-third
longer than broad ; from above, sides subparallel throughout the pos-
terior half and converging in the anterior half; postpetiolar node, in
profile, longer than high, low and moderately convex. Legs long and
slender. Gaster from above elliptical.
Frontal area, posterior part of head, prothorax, anterior part of
mesothorax, petiole, postpetiole, and gaster rather smooth and shin-
ing. Antennae and tibiae opaque. Mandibles finely striated. Cheeks
and region of head anterior to eyes with a few small, longitudinal
rugulae. Head, except for areas mentioned, mesothorax, and epi-
ncjtum with granulation-like shagreening.
Hairs yellowish, sparse, suberect to erect, moderately long on head,
thorax, petiole, postpetiole, gaster and ventral surfaces of the coxae,
trochanters, and femora. Appressed hairs on antennae and legs short
])Ut fairly abundant and conspicuous.
Light yellowish brown, with slightly lighter mandibles and clypeus.
Type Locality. — Gretna, Fla.
Described from two workers, holotype and paratype, collected July
The Great Basin Naturalist
120 MARION R. SMITH Vol. ll.No. 3,
15, 1906, by A. W. Morrill. Both, in the collection of the United
States National Museum, hear U. S. X. M. No. 55660.
No information is available concerning- the biology.
Aphaenogaster (Attomyrma) boulderensis Smith, n. sp.
WoKKKR. — Length 4.5-5.5 mm.
Head, excluding mandibles, one and three-tenths to one and four-
tenths times as long as broad ; sides appearing somewhat subparallel
up to the posterior border of each eye, from which points they very
gradually converge to form rounded posterior corners and a rounded
occipital border ; occipital border with a weakly developed Hange.
Mandible large, triangular, with approximately 8-10 teeth of variable
size. Clypeus about twice as broad as long, with a rather distinct
emargination in middle of anterior l)order. Frontal carinae subparal-
lel throughout almost the posterior half of their length. Eye promi-
nent, strongly convex, with approximately 15 facets in its greatest
diameter ; eye about one and one-half times its greatest diameter from
base of mandible. Antennal scape slender, long, about one and one-
fourth times as long as head, not including mandibles. Dorsal sur-
face of prothorax and anterior third of mesothorax, in profile, form-
ing a regular but not strongly convex arch. Posterior two-thirds of
mesonotum noticeably depressed, in profile forming a rather straight
line. Mesoepinotal constriction distinct, broader than deep. Base of
epinotum feebly convex, meeting the declivity at an obtuse angle ;
vestigial tubercles scarcely more evident than those of fioridana.
Petiolar node distinctly longer than pedicel ; anterior surface, in pro-
file, meeting dorsal surface of pedicel in a very distinct obtuse angle;
dorsal surface of petiole somewhat rounded, as is also the sloping
posterior declivity, the two areas ill defined at the point where they
merge into each other. Postpetiolar node scarcely longer than high,
anterior surface forming a long slope, posterior surface more convex,
declivous and short. From above, gaster subelliptical, broader than
head.
Frontal area, posterior part of head, prothorax, anterior coxae,
dorsal surface of petiole and postpetiole, and the gaster rather smooth
and shining. Anterior two-thirds of head, including mandibles, the
antennae, and tarsi, more opaque; mandibles somewhat coarsely and
longitudinally striated. Clypeus and genae longitudinally rugulose,
the former bearing a distinct median carina ; frontal area with one or
several longitudinal rugulae. Mesothorax, epinotum, and under sur-
faces of petiole and postpetiole with granulation-like shagreening;
Nov. 29, 1941 NEW SPECIES of apitaenogaster 121
cpinotum also fineh' and transverse)}- ru.i,ail()se. Coxae, femora, and
g-aster with exceedingly fine reticulae.
Hairs yellowish, moderately long but sparse, suberect to erect, on
liead, thorax, petiole, postpetiole, coxae, trochanters, gaster, and also
on ventral surfaces of femora. Antennae, tibiae, and tarsi with short,
appressed hairs, these especially abundant and noticeable on the an-
tennae.
Light yellowish brown, often witli darktr mandibles, anterior por-
tion of head, antennae, legs, and gaster.
Type Locality. — Horseshoe Island in Mead Lake of the Boulder
(Ariz.) Dam.
Described from 21 workers, collected May 2, 1941. by Professor
Vasco M. Tanner. Holotype and 13 paratypes in collection of the
L^nited States National Museum liear U. S. N. M. No. 55661. The
other seven paratypes are in the collection of Professor Tanner.
Professor Tanner stated that the ants were collectd from beneath
a "la\-a rock, on the top of Horseshoe Island."
New Bird Records from Zion National Park
During the past few months bird observations in Zion National Park have
added new species to the park list. In addition, records of more than usual
interest were obtained for other species known to occur within the park. All of
the following records are for 1941 :
On January 31, the second winter record of a Hermit Thrush Hylocichia
(luttiita sspf was obtained when one was noted in Oak Creek Canyon. This liird
stayed around the small stream and adjacent slopes for several days.
On April 25, a male albino wookpeckcr was observed in Pine Creek Canyon.
For some time the bird was followed to learn more regarding its identity. Fin-
ally it was joined by a female White-breasted Woodpecker Dry abates villosus
Irucofhorcctis. and both birds then moved on up the slope together. The male
bird was entirely white except for a red crown patch, dark bill and very light
gray wings. I was not able to get close cnougli to definitely determine the color
of the eyes.
On April .50. while following up Parunuweap Canyon, a Western Sandpiper
Ercunetcs maiirU was found along the stream. Although I covered over four
additional miles of the river, no others were noted. This constitutes the first
record of this bird from Zion.
The Western Lark Sparrow Clwiidcstcs grainiuacus sfrigatus was listed by
Presnell (The Birds of Zion National Park. Proc. Ut. Ac. Sci., Arts & Letters,
1935) as being a rather uncommon summer visitor in the canyons. However, on
July 20 a pair of Lark Sparrows were observed feeding young near the resi-
dential area in Oak Creek Canyon. This is the first breeding record of this bird
in Zion and definitely establishes the species as a summer resident.
122
On October 18, while in Refrigerator Canyon en route to Angels Landing,
I obtained the first record of the Western Goshawk Asliir africapillus striatulus
for the park. The hawk was in rapid pursuit of a small bird which managed to
escape in a dense grove of evergreens. No effort was made to flush the bird
from the trees, the hawk apparently knowing that such a task would be fruitless.
As additional studies are made, especially seasonal studies in the higher
reaches of the park, new and valuable data should be uncovered tliat will go far
toward clarifying the status of many species in this area that is now obscure. —
Kusscll K. (irater, Park Naturalist. Zion National Park.
Antarctic Birds Contributed by Dr. Russell G. Frazier
A valuable collection, consisting of three species of .Antarctic birds, was con-
tributed to the collections of Brigham Young University by Dr. Russell G. Frazier
(if Bingham Canyon, Utah, on October 25, 1941. These birds were collected in
Antarctica by Dr. Frazier while he was a member of the United States Antarctic
Expedition, 1939-1941, under the command of Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd.
Dr. Frazier was one of the physicians of the expedition which sailed in the Xortli
Star and the Bear in late November. 1939, from Atlantic ports of the United
States. These same two vessels brought the members of the expedition back to
Boston in May, 1941. Of the 36 species of birds found in the Antarctic region,
three are now represented in the Brigham Young University zoological collection.
Two of the five species of Penguins, the Adelic and Emperor, and a pair of Snow
Petrel, with an tgg clutch which consists of one egg, makes up the collection.
The Adelie Penchin
The .\delie Penguin, Fygoscclis adcUae Hombron and Jacquinot, Ann. Sci.
Nat. (2), p. 320 (1841, Adelie Land), is the common bird throughout the circum-
ference of the extensive polar continent. This species never leaves Antarctica
to go north of 60° south latitude. During the short summer the Adelie is busy
hatching and rearing its young, while during the long winter it lives on the open
sea. It begins to establish its breeding territories in October and November by
selecting areas left bare by the melting snow. These breeding colonies are to be
found everywhere in Antarctica from the beginning of the mating and nesting
period until winter begins in March. There is evidence that the birds return
year after year to the same rookeries and use the same nests. The mating pair
stays together for the breeding period. Two, very rarely three, eggs are laid
which are set on alternately by the male and female. Incubation lasts from about
ZZ to 36 days ; all hatching being over by the middle of January. The down-
covered young are fed fish and Crustacea by the parent birds. They regurgitate
the food, which is taken from their throats by the awkward, fast-growing young
birds. When the young, in March, take to the sea, to care for themselves, they
have a plumage different in color to that of the parents, this they wear for a
year, when by molting they get the feather coat of the breeding adults.
123
The Emperor Penhuin
The Emperor Penguin, Aptenodytcs forstcri Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
XIII, p. 315 (1844, S. lat., 64° 77' S.), is widely distributed over the whole of the
Antarctic continent as is the Adelie Penguin. This beautiful bird is large in
size, oftimes reaching the height of 38 to 40 inches and weighing 60 to 70 pounds.
Its head is black, except that on each side there is a band of yellow that dimin-
ishes in color down along the neck. The back is bluish-gray, while the belly is
a satiny white. The Emperor docs not leave the polar regions, staying near the
continental mass on the large icebergs. The habits of this Penguin are very dif-
ferent from those of the Adelie Penguin briefly discussed above. The laying of
the eggs takes place in midwinter, at about the end of June, when the polar night
reaches a temperature of 40 to 50 degrees centigrade below zero. The mating
pairs gather on the great ice masses, lay a single egg which is kept off the ice
by being placed on the feet of the Penguin and held snugly against the body of
the bird. Since the incubation j^eriod lasts about two months, the egg is shifted
fiom the female to the male during this period. Dr. Frazier has the following
to say about this species :
"The Emperor Penguin nests in rookeries around Mt. Erebus where they
can secure stones for eg^ 'companions,' laying their egg during the mid-
winter night. They carrj- it on the top of their foot where they can hold
it against a fold of .skin and their lower abdomen. The matings are
seasonal."
The young are hatched about the beginning of September, and towards thf
last of October migration towards the north begins. Groups of adult birds, with
some young ones still covered with down, are carried off on small blocks of ice
Ijroken from the icebergs. The young birds lose their down in January and from
that time on they shift for themselves. The adults molt before returning in June
to the continental ice for breeding.
The Snow Petrel
The Snow Petrel. Pauodroma nivea (Gm.), Syst. Nat. 1., p. 562 (1788), dif-
fers greatly from the Penguins in color and habits. This species is spotless and
white with large jet black eyes, black beak, and black webbed feet. They vary
in size and wing length; the male having a range from 10 to 11.8 inches, and the
female from 9.8 to 11.8 inches in wing lengtli. Their food consists of small sea
organisms which they capture when skimming over the water, in the cracks and
channels in the ice.
The Snow Petrel protects itself, as do most Petrels, by expectorating a fluid,
which has a fishy odor, towards the intruder, the smell of which will cling to
clothing for many days. This is perhaps the most striking bird of the Antarctic
region. Dr. Frazier reports as follows concerning his experience with it :
"The Snow Petrel— inhabit the Antarctic, and to the best of my meager
knowledge stay within the Antarctic circle. They nest in November and
December ; lay one egg. The only rookery found was on Mt. Breckan-
ridge— 155° W. 77° South. The nests were found under loose laying
rocks on the north exposed side of the mountain. The nests are on bare
rocks, no feathers or protection from the ground. The nests are used
year after year. This was determined by the ejecta on the rocks which
the birds can eject from their mouths with unerring accuracy at an
124
enemy for a distance of four feet. By January 10th the chicks should
be hatched. Tiie egg is protected by the bird, even at the cost of her
life. Their enemy is the Skua Cull that nests close by. Tlie bird lives
on sea life and flies great distances for its food. The rookery I found
had about 100 nests."
Mr. Howard Saunders in his Antarctic Manual, p. 228 (1901), comments as
follows on the range of the Snow Petrel :
"This bird has been obtained as far north as Falkland Islands, but it
does not occur in any numbers until Lat. 60° S. is passed, whence it can
be traced as far southward as man has penetrated. Every expedition
has noticed it. Ross found it among the crevices of the cliffs at Cock-
burn Island; Surgetm Webster, of H. M. S. 'Chanticleer,' met with the
bird from January to March on Deception Island. South Shetland ; and
the German Expedition found it nesting at the end of December on
.South Georgia. From the Enderby Quadrant it has not yet been re-
corded." 1
The Snow Petrel's habits were studied by Dr. Racovitza during the voyage
of the 'Belgica.' The following interesting extract is from his report:
"But it is better not to make too intimate an acquaintance with these
lily-wliite beings, for then one is saved from cruel disillusions. Its voice
is shrill and disagreeable, and its ways are deplorably low caste. It pos-
sesses the faculty of being sea-sick at will ; and when one attempts to
seize it, it discharges full in one's face the oily contents of its chest.
I can affirm, from personal experience, that one does not come off with
the perfume of the rose. One must add, however, to do strict justice,
that it merits extenuating circumstances ; for this impleasant habit of
this bird serves as a protection for its feeble person, and that is a reason
of a certain value." 2
This collection of Antarctic birds is being arranged in a habitat case just
opposite a habitat group of Polar Bears. The Polar Bears are a gift from the
Museum of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, received from
Mr. Wharton Huber in 1936. The large male bear of the group was taken in
North Greenland by the Perry Relief Expedition. Tlie painted backgrounds
showing the general environmental conditions along with the specimens makes
valuable study groups. — V. M. T.
(1) Report on the Collections of Natural History Made in the Antarctic Regions dur-
the voyage of the "Southern Cross," p. 149, 1902. British Museums of Natural History.
(2) op. cit. p. 153.
BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY
Largest private institution of higher learning in the Intermountain
Region, Brigham Young University is organized into five colleges, three
divisions, and the graduate school. Four quarters of instruction are
provided annually.
Colleges of Applied Science
Arts and Sciences
Commerce
Education
Fine Arts
Divisions of Retigion
Research
Extension
Graduate School
Summer School
Departments of Instruction
Accounting and Business
Administration
Agricultural Economics
Agronomy
Animal Husbandry
Art
Bacteriology
Bible and Modern Scripture
Botany
Chemistry
Church History
Church Organization and
Administration
Economics
Educational Administration
Elementary Education
English
Finance and Banking
Geology and Geography
History
Home Economics
Horticulture and Landscape
Architecture
Journalism
Library
Marketing
Mathematics
Mechanic Arts
Modern and Classical Languages
Music
Office Practice
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Philosophy of Education
Psychology
Secondary Education
Sociology
Speech
Theology and Religious
Philosophy
Zoology and Entomology
NATIONALLY ACCREDITED
For further information, write
The President
BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY
Provo, Utah
NEW CENTURY PRINTING CO., PROVO, UTAH
Volume II
' „x ot Com
iff" Zoolog
%
MAK 6 2942
Number 4
The Great Basin Naturalist
December 31, 1941
*^
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
A Bibliography of Utah Mammalogy ; Including References to
Names and Type Localities, (First supplement), C. Lynn
Hayward 125
A New Elaphrus (Coleoptera, Carabidae), Vasco M. Tanner , 137
Index to Volume II 139
Published at Provo, Utah, by the
Department of Zoology and Entomology of
Brigham Young University
-k-'^
The Great Basin Naturalist
Vasco M. Tanner, Editor
C. Lynn Hayward, Assistant Editor
A journal published four times a year by the Department of
Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
Manuscripts. Only original unpublished manuscripts, pertaining
to the Great Basin and the Western United States in the main, will be
accepted. Manuscripts are subjected to the approval of the editor.
Illustrations. All illustrations should be made with a view to
having them appear within the limits of the printed page. The illus-
trations that form a part of an article should accompany the manu-
script. All half-tones or zinc etchings to appear in this Journal are
to be made under the supervision of the editor, and the cost of the
cuts is to be borne by the contributor.
Reprints. No reprints are furnished free of charge. A price
list for reprints and an order form is sent with the proof.
Subscription. The annual subscription is $1.50, (outside the
United States, $2.00). Single number, 50 cents.
All correspondence dealing with manuscripts, subscriptions, re-
prints and other business matters should be addressed to the Editor,
Great Basin Naturalist, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
Reprint Schedule of The Great Basin Naturalist
Each
Additional
2 pp.
4 pp.
6 pp.
8 pp.
10 pp.
12 pp.
2 pp.
50 copies
$2.00
$3.50
$4.50
$5.50
$6.50
$7.50
.95
100 copies
3.50
4.50
5.50
6.50
7.50
8.50
200 copies
4.75
5.75
6.75
7.75
8.75
9.75
300 copies
5.75
6.75
7.75
8.75
9.75
10.75
Covers: $5.00 for first 100 copies; $2.00 for additional 100 copies.
The Great Basin Naturalist
_,^ , / / Published by the
' \ Department of Zoology and Entomology f^
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah
MAR 6 1942
Volume II DECEMBER 31, 1941 No. 4
A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF UTAH MAMMALOGY; INCLUDING
REFERENCES TO NAMES AND TYPE LOCALITIES
(FIRST SUPPLEMENT) ^d
C. LYNN HAYWARD
Assistant Professor of Zoology
Brigham Young University
In 1936 (Proc. Utah Acad. Science, Arts, and Letters, 13: pp.
121-146) the writer compiled and published a list of the known ref-
erences dealing entirely or in part with Utah mammalogy up to and
including the year 1935. The present paper is a continuation of that
project, including some references previous to 1935 that were over-
looked in the first writing, and bringing the list up to 1941 inclusive.
The bibliography for 1941 especially is probably far from complete,
l)ut such references as have come to the attention of the writer are
herein included.
The same general plan of presentation adopted in the first paper
is continued in the present writing. A chronological list of references,
alphabetical list of types described from Utah, index to authors, and
index to scientific names applied to Utah mammals.
During the past half decade mammalogical work in Utah has pro-
gressed rapidly. The period has been marked by an increased interest
on the part of local workers. In the last five years there were about
twice as many papers published on Utah mammals than there were in
the preceding five year period. A toial of about 70 papers has been
added to the bibliography since 1935. Out of 74 subspecies whose
type localities are in Utah, 34 or 45% have been named within the past
six years.
(1) Contribution No. 96, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham
Young University, Provo, Utah.
125
The Great Basin Naturalist
126 C. LYNN IIAYVV ARD Vol. II, No. 4,
CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF REFERENCES ON UTAH MAMMALS
1845-1935
1845. Fremont, J. C. Report of the exploring expedition to the
Rocky Mountains in the year 1842 and to Oregon and North
California in the years 1843-44. Washington : Gales and Sea-
ton. 583 pp.
1861. Remy, J. and J. Brenchley. A journey to the Great Salt Lake
City. London : W. Jeffs, 508 pp.
1877. Allen, J. A. History of the American bison (Bison Ameri-
canus). Ninth Ann. Report of the U. S. Geol. and Geog. Sur-
vey of the Territories Embracing Colorado and Parts of the
Adjacent Territories, Being a Report of the Explorations for
the Year 1875 by F. V. Hayden, a U. S. Geologist.
1894. Merriam. C. H. Abstract of a study of the American wood
rats ; with descriptions of fourteen new species and subspecies
of the genus Neotoma. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 9: pp.
117-128.
1931. Goldman. E. A. Three new rodents from .A.rizona and New
Mexico. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 44: pp. 133-136.
1931a. Nelson. E. W. and E. A. Goldman. Three new pumas. Jl.
of the Washington Acad. Sci.. 21 : pp. 210-212.
1933. Anderson, Mark. The future of the beaver in Utah. Utah
State Ag. College. Misc. Publ., 10: pp. 30-32.
1933a. Hall, E. R. Snrcx Icucot/ciixs in Arizona, jl. of Mammal.,
14: pp. 153-154.
1933b. Murie, O. J. Some observations on big game studies. Utah
State Ag. College, Misc. Publ.. 10: pp. 34-38.
1933c. Olsen, O. A. The elk situation in L^tah. Utali State Ag. Col-
lege, Misc. Publ. 10: pp. 43-45.
1933d. Parker, T. C. Game management problems of Utah .\ational
Parks. Utah State Ag. College. Misc. Publ. 10: pp. 32-34.
1934. Benson, S. B. Descriptions of two new races of Pcrogiiafhiis
iiitcnuedius from Arizona. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington. 47:
pp. 199-202.
1934a. Benson, S. B. Descri])tion of a race of Dif^iuhmixs iiicrriaiiii
from Arizona. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington. 47: pp. 181-184.
19,Mb. Hall, E. R. and D. M. Hatfield. A new race of chipmunk
from the Great Basin of western United States. Univ. of
California Pub. in Zool.. 40: pp. 321-325.
1935. Goldman. E. A. Pocket gophers of the Thomomys hotfac
Dec. 31, 1941 bibliography of utah mammalogy 127
group in the United States. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 48:
pp. 153-158.
1935a. Wright, G. M. Big game and our national parks. Sci. Month-
ly: pp. 141-147.
1936-1941
1936. Bole, B. P. A new race of kangaroo rat from southwestern
Utah. Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., 5: pp. 1-2.
1936a. Durrant, S. D. A new gopher from Antelope Island, Great
Salt Lake. Bull. Univ. of Utah, 27, Biol. Ser. 3: pp. 1-4.
1936b. Hall, E. R. Mustelid mammals from the Pleistocene of North
America with systematic notes on some recent members of the
genera, Mustela, Taxidea, and Mephitis. Carnegie Institu-
tion of Washington, Publ. No. 473: pp. 41-119.
1936c. Hatfield, D. M. A revision of the Pipistrellus hesperus group
of bats. Jl. of Mammal., 17: pp. 257-262.
1936d. Hayward, C. L. A bibliography of Utah mammalogy, includ-
ing references to names and type localities applied to Utah
mammals. Proc. Utah Acad. Sciences, Arts, and Letters, 13:
pp. 121-146.
1936e. Olson, O. A. Elk management. Utah Juniper, 7: pp. 10-15.
1936f. Presnall, C. C. and E. R. Hall. Ranges and relationships of
certain mammals of southwestern Utah. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sciences, Arts and Letters, 13: pp. 211-213.
1936g. Rasmussen, D. I. Outline of research projects of the Utah
wildlife experiment station. Proc. Utah. Acad. Sciences, Arts,
and Letters, 13: pp. 215-217.
1937. Durrant, S. D. Two new gophers from Utah. Bull. Univ.
of Utah, 28, Biol. Series, 3 : pp. 1-7.
1937a. Goldman, E. A. Four new mammals from Utah. Proc. Biol.
Soc. Washington, 50: pp. 221-226.
1937b. Goldman, E. A. Two new mammals of the Thomomys hottae
group. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 50: pp. 133-136.
1937c. Goldman, E. A. A new canyon mouse of the genus Peromys-
cus from Arizona. Jl. of Mammal., 18: pp. 92-93.
1937d. Goldman, E. A. The wolves of North America. II. of Mam-
mal., 18: pp. 37-45.
1937e. Hall, E. R. and S. D. Durrant. A new kangaroo mouse
(Microdipodops) of Utah and Nevada. Jl. of Mammal., 18:
pp. 357-359.
1937f. Hardy, Ross. Extension of the ranges of the prairie-dogs of
The Great Basin Naturalist
128 C. LYNN HAYWARD Vol. II, No. 4,
the genus Cynomys in Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sciences, Arts,
and Letters, 14: pp. 197-198.
1937g. Presnall, C. C. Lagurus in southwestern Utah. Jl. of Mam-
mal., 18: p. 369.
1937h. Woodbury, A. M. A record of Tadarida macrotis from Utah.
JI. of Mammal., 18: p. 515.
1938. Doutt, J. K. Collecting in the Uintah Basin. Carnegie Mag-
azine, 11 : pp. 233-238.
1938a. Durrant, S. D. and W. H. Behle. A second record of Tada-
rida macrotis from Utah. Jl. of Mammal., 19: p. 500.
1938a. Goldman, E. A. Notes on the voles of the Microtus longicau-
diis group. Jl. of Mammal., 19: pp. 491-492.
1938c. Goldman, E. A. New pocket gophers of the genus Thomomys
from Arizona and Utah. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 28 :
pp. 333-343.
1938d. Hall, E. R.and D. H. Johnson. Mammals from Millard Coun-
ty, Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sciences, Arts and Letters, 15:
pp. 121-122.
1938e. Hall, E. R. and H. L. Bowlus. A new pika (mammalian genus
Ochotona) from southeastern Idaho, with notes on near-by
subspecies. Univ. of California Pub. in Zool., 42: pp. 335-340.
1938f. Hall, E. R. Notes on the meadow mice Microtus niontaiius
and Microtus nanus with description of a new subspecies from
Colorado. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51 : pp. 131-134.
1938g. Howell, A. H. Revision of the North American ground squir-
rels with a classification of North American Sciuridae. U. S.
Dept. of Ag., N. A. Fauna, 56: 256 pp.
1938h. LIuey, L. M. A new maskrat from Utah. Trans. San Diego
Soc. Nat. Hist., 8: pp. 409-410.
19311. Huey, L. M. A new form of Perognathus formosus from the
Mohave Desert region of California. Trans. San Diego Soc.
Nat. Hist., 9: pp. 35-36.
1938J. Leraas, H. J. Variation in Pcroiiiyscus niaiiiculatiis osgoodi
from the Uintah Mountains, Utah. Contr. Lab. Vertebrate
Genetics, LTniv. of Michigan, No. 6: pp. 1-13.
1938k. Presnall, C. C. A survey of the deer situation in Zion Can-
yon, Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sciences, Arts, and Letters, 15:
pp. 107-110.
19381. Presnall, C. C. Mammals of Zion-Bryce and Cedar Breaks.
Zion-Bryce Museuum Bull., No. 2.
Dec. 31, 1941 bibliography of utah mammalogy 129
1938m. Presnall, C. C. Evidences of the bison in southwestern Utah.
Jl. of Mammal., 19: pp. 111-112.
1939. Benson, S. B. and R. M. Bond. Notes on Sorex merriami
Dobson. Jl. of Mammal., 20: pp. 348-351.
1939a. Davis, W. B. The recent mammals of Idaho. Caldwell, Ida-
ho : Caxton Printers, 400 pp.
1939b. Dixon, J. S. and E. L. Sumner. The deer problem, deer trap-
ping and deer removal at Zion Canyon, Utah. Trans, of the
4th N. A. WildHfe Conference (1939), Washington, D. C.
1939c. Durrant, S. D. Two new gophers (Mammalian genus Thom-
omys from western Utah. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 52: pp.
159-162.
1939d. Durrant, S. D. A new pocket gopher from the Oquirrh
Mountains, Utah. Bull. Univ. Utah, 30, Biol. Ser. 5: pp. 1-6.
1939e. Durrant, S. D. A new pocket gopher of the TJwmomys
quadratiis group from the northern Great Basin region. Bull.
Univ. of Utah, 29, Biol. Ser. 6: pp. 1-6.
1939f. Durrant, S. D. and E. Raymond Hall. Deux sous-especes
novelles du rongeur "Dipodomys ordii" de I'ouest des Etats-
Unis d' Amerique. Mammalia, 3 : pp. 10-16.
1939g. Goldman, E. A. Nine new mammals from islands in Great
Salt Lake, Utah. Jl. of Mammal., 20: pp. 351-357.
1939h. Goldman, E. A. Remarks on the pocket gophers, with special
reference to Thomomys talpoides. Jl. of Mammal., 20: pp.
231-244.
1939i. Hall, E. R. and F. H. Dale. Geographic races of the kangaroo
rat, Dipodomys microps. Occasional Papers of the Mus. of
Zool., Louisiana State Univ., No. 4: pp. 47-62.
1939J. Huey, L. M. A new silky pocket mouse from southwestern
Utah. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 9: pp. 55-56.
1939k. Kelker, G. H. A mathematical study of predatory-prey rela-
tionships. Proc. Utah Acad. Sciences, Arts, and Letters, 16:
pp. 77-81.
19391. Rasmussen, D. I. Mule deer range and population studies in
Utah. 4th N. A. Wildlife Conference Trans., pp. 236-243.
1939m. Rasmussen, D. I. Utah's mule deer studies and management
problems. American Wildlife, Sept. -Oct., 1939.
1940. Clarke, Franck C. Facts about and experiences with coyotes.
The Nat. Wool Grower, Salt Lake City, 30: pp. 19-22.
1940a. Cowan, M. Distribution and variation in the native sheep of
North America. Amer. Midland Nat., 24: pp. 505-580.
The Great Basin Naturalist
130 C. LYNN HAYWARD Vol. II, No. 4,
1940b. Duke, K. L. A preliminary histological study of the ovary of
the kangaroo rat, Dipodomys ordii columbianns. Great Basin
Nat., 1 : pp. 63-72.
1940c. Hall, E. R. and D. F. Hoffmeister. The pinyon mouse Per-
omyscus truei in Nevada, with description of a new subspecies.
Univ. of California Publ. in Zool., 42: pp. 401-406.
1940d. Hayward, C. L. Feeding habits of the red squirrel. Jl. of
Mammal., 21 : p. 220.
1940e. Hooper, E. T. Geographic variation in bushy-tailed wood rats.
Univ. of California Publ. in Zool., 42: pp. 407-424.
1940f. Kelker, G. H. Further mathematical studies in prey-predator
relationships. Proc. Utah Acad. Sciences, Arts, and Letters,
17: pp. 59-64.
1940g. Kelker, G. H. Estimating deer populations by a differential
hunting loss in the sexes. Proc. Utah Acad. Sciences, Arts,
and Letters, 17: pp. 65-69.
1940h. Long, W. S. Notes on the life histories of some Utah mam-
mals. Jl. of Mammal., 21: pp. 170-180.
19401. Marshall, W. H. A survey of the mammals of the islands of
Great Salt Lake, Utah. Jl. of Mammal., 21 : pp. 144-159.
1940J. Rasmussen, D. I. Beaver-trout relationship in the Rocky
Mountain region. Trans. 5th N. A. Wildlife Conference, pp.
256-263.
1940k. Rasmussen, D. I. Panel discussion: Is the Farmer-sportsman
council the answer? Trans. 5th N. A. Wildlife Conference,
Washington, D. C, pp. 55-60.
19401. Tanner, V. M. The flying squirrel collected in Garfield Coun-
ty, Utah. Great Basin Nat., 1 : p. 126.
1940m. Tanner, V. M. John E. P.lazzard contributes mammal collec-
tion. Great Basin Nat., 1 : p. 146.
1940n. Tanner, V. M. A biotic study of the Kaiparowits region of
Utah. Great Basin Nat., 1 : pp. 97-126.
1940o. Tanner, V. M. A chapter on the natural history of the Great
Basin, 1800-1855. Great Basin Nat., 1: pp. 33-61.
1940p. A/orhies, C. T. and W .P. Taylor. Life history and ecology of
the white-throated wood rat, Ucotoma albigiila albigula Hart-
ley, in relation to grazing in Arizona. Univ. of Arizona, Ag.
Exp. Sta.. Tech. Bull. No. 86: pp. 455-592.
1941g. Doutt, J. K. New Clethrionomys from Utah and Pennsylvania.
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 54: pp. 161-164.
1941. Goldman, E. A. Remarks on voles of the genus Lemmiscus
Dec. 31, 1941 bibltography of utah mammalogy 13i
with one described as new. Proc. Biol. .Soc. Wasli., 54: pp.
69-72.
1941a. Hall, E. R. and C. L. Hayvvard. Three new mammals (Micro-
tus and Ochotona) from Utah. Great Basin Nat., 2: 106-108.
1941b. Hall, E. R. New heteromyid rodents from Nevada. Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash., 54: pp. 55-62.
1941c. Hall, E. R. and S. D. Durrant. Two new kangaroo mice from
Utah. Murrelet, 22: pp: 5-7.
1941h. Hall, E. R. Revision of the rodent genus Microdipodops.
Papers on Mammalogy, Zool. Ser. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 27:
pp. 233-277.
1941d. Hardy, Ross. Some notes on Utah bats. Jl. of Mammal, 22:
pp. 289-295.
1941 e. Hardy, Ross. Dark coloration of some specmiens of Peromys-
ciis crinitus crinitus. Jl. of Mammal., 22: pp. 90-91.
1941 f. Kelker, G. H. Suggested phases of big game management.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sciences, Arts, and Letters, 18 : pp. 55-57.
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF TYPES OF UTAH MAMMALS
1. Clcfhriononivs gapperi uintaensis Doutt, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 54:
pp. 161-162," Dec. 8, 1941. Type: Paradise Park, 45 mi. N. W. Vernal,
Uintah County, July 14, 1933.
2. Dipodomys merriami frenatus Bole, Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist.
5: pp. 1-2, 1936. Type: Toquerville, Washington Co., May 14, 1934 (B. P.
Bole).
3. Dipodomys microps bomicvUlci Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 50: pp.
222-223, December 28, 1937. Type: Kelton, Boxelder County, November 7,
1891 (V. Bailey).
4. Dipodomys microps russcolns Goldman, Jl. of Mammal., 20: pp. 353-354,
August 14, 1939. Type: Dolphin Island, Great Sah Lake, June 5, 1938
(W. H. Marshall).
5. Dipodomys microps subtemiis Goldman, Jl. of Mammal., 20 p. 354, August
14, 1939." Type: Carrington Island, Great Salt Lake, June 30, 1938 (W. H.
Marshall).
6. Dipodomys ordii alfredi Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 50: pp. 221-222,
December 28, 1937. Type: Gunnison Island, Great Salt Lake, June 1, 1937
(Alfred M. Bailey and Robert J. Kiedrach).
7. Dipodomys ordii ccleripes Durrant and Hall, Alammalia (Paris), 3: pp. 10-
16, March, 1939. Type: Trout Creek, Juab Co., May 5, 1937 (S. D. Dur-
rant).
8. Dipodomys ordii cineraceus Goldman, Jl. of Mammal., 20 : pp. 352-353,
August 14, 1939. Type: Dolphin Island, Great Salt Lake (W. H. Marshall).
9. Dipodomys ordii marshaUi Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 50 : pp. 223-
224, December 28, 1937. Type : Bird Island, Great Salt Lake, Tune 22, 1937
(W. H. Marshall).
10. Microdipodops megaccphalus Icticotis Hall and Durrant. Alurrelet, 22 : pp.
6-7, April 30, 1941. Type: 18 miles SW Orr's Ranch, Tooele Co., June 6,
1940 (S. D. Durrant).
11. Microdipodops megaccphalus pauhihis Hall and Durrant, Murrelet. 22: pp
5-6, April 30, 1941. Type: Pine Valley, Millard Co., July 17, 1940 (S. D.
Durrant).
The Great Basin Naturalist
132 C. LYNN HAYWARD Vol. II, No. 4,
12 Microtits montamis amosus Hall and Hayward, Great Basin Nat., 2 : pp. 105-
106, July 20, 1941. Type: Torrey, Wayne Co., June 18, 1938 (J. W. Bee).
13. Microtus montamis nexus Hall and Hayward, Great Basin Nat., 2: pp. 106-
107 July 20, 1941. Type: West Canyon, Oquirrh Range, Utah County,
August 3, 1939 (J. W. Bee).
14. Ncotoina Icpida vMrshalli Goldman, Jl. of Mammal., 20: p. 357, August 14,
1939. Type: Carrington Island, Great Salt Lake, July 2, 1938 (W. H.
Marshall).
15. Ochotona princcps utahensis Hall and Hayward, Great Basin Nat., 2: pp.
107-108, July 20, 1941. Type: Two miles W. Deer Lake, Garfield Co., June
25, 1938 (G. S. Cannon).
16. Ondatra zibethica yoldniani Huey, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 8: pp.
409-410, January 18, 1938. Type: St. George, Washington Co., August 11,
1937 (L. iM. Huey).
17. Onochomys Icucogastcr utahensis Goldman, Jl. of Mammal., 20: pp. 354-
355, August 14, 1939. Type : Stansbury Island, Great Salt Lake, June 22,
1938 (W. H. Marshall).
18. Perognathus lonyimcmbris znrginis Huey, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.,
9: pp. 55-56, August 31, 1939. Type: Saint George, Washington County,
August 12, 1937 (L. M. Huey).
19. Perognathus parznis plcnis Goldman, Jl. Mammal., 20 : p. 352, August 14,
1939. Type: Stansbury Island, Great Sah Lake, June li, 1938 (W. H.
Marshall).
20. Pcromyscits crinitits pcrgracilis Goldman, Jl. of Mammal., 20: pp. 356-357,
August 14, 1939. Tyi'e: Stansbury Island, Great Salt Lake, June 22, 1938
(W. H. Marshall).
21. Pcromyscus inaniciilatus inchints Goldman, Jl. of Mammal., 20: pp. 355-356,
August 14, 1939. Type: Fremont Island, Great Salt Lake, August 7, 1938
(W. H. Marshall).
22. Pcromyscus maniciilatus gunnisoni Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
50: pp. 224-225, December 28, 1937. Type: Gunnison Island, Great Salt
Lake, June 1, 1937 (A. M. Bailey and R. J. Niedrach).
23. Reithrodontomys mcgalotis ravus Goldman, Jl. of Mammal., 20: p. 355,
August 14, 1939. Type: Stansbury Island, Great Salt Lake, June 26, 1938
(W. H. Marshall).
24. Thomomys bottae birdseyei Goldman, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 50: pp. 134-
135, September 10, 1937. Type: Pine Valley Mts., five miles east of Pine
Valley, Washington Co., October 10, 1909 (Clarence Birdseye).
25. Thomomys bottae convexus Durrant, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 52: pp.
159-162, October 11, 1939. Type: E. side Clear Lake, Millard Co., May 20,
1938 (S. D. Durrant).
26. Thomomys bottae minimus Durrant, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 52: pp.
159-162, October 11, 1939. Type: Stansbury Island, Great Salt Lake, June
25, 1938 (W. H. Alarshall).
27. Thomomys bottae nesophihis Durrant, Bull. Univ. Utah, 27, Biol. Ser. 3 :
pp. 1-4, October 3, 1936. Type: Antelope Island, Great Salt Lake, April 20,
1935 (S. D. Durrant).
28. Thomomys bottae tij'ius Durrant, Bull. Univ. Utah, 28, Biol. Ser. 3: pp.
1-7, August 18, 1937. Type: Oak Creek Canyon, 6 miles E. of Oak City,
Millard Co., September 14, 1936 (S. D. Durrant).
29. Thomomys bottae zvahivalicnsis Durrant, Bull. Univ. Utah, 28, Biol. Ser.
3: pp. 1-7, August 18, 1937. Type: Wah Wah Springs, 30 miles W of Mil-
ford, Beaver County, Utah, July 22. 1936 (S. D. Durrant).
30. Thomomys talpoides gracilis Durrant, Bull. Univ. Utah, 29, Biol. Ser. 3:
pp. 1-6, February 28, 19v39. Type: Pine Canyon, 17 miles NW Kelton,
Boxelder County, Utah. July 12, 1930 (Annie M. Alexander). (Described
as T. quadratns gracilis.)
31. Thomomys talpoides moorci Goldman, Jl. Washington Acad. Sci. 28: pp.
335-336, July 15. 1938. Type: One mile S of Fairview. Sanpete Co., Feb-
ruary 19, 1928 (A. W. Moore). (Described as T. fossor moorei.)
32. Thomomys talpoides oquirrhcnsis Durrant, Bull. Univ. Utali, v30, Biol. Ser.
Dec. 31, 1941 bibliography of utah mammalogy 133
6: pp. 1-6, October 24, 1939. Type: Settlement Creek, Oquirrh Mountains,
Tooele County (S. D. Durrant).
33. Thomomys talpoides levis Goldman, Jl. Washington Acad. Sci., 28 : pp. 336-
337, July 15, 1938. Type: Seven Mile Flat, 5 miles N of Fish Lake, Sevier
Co., October 1, 1908 (W. H. Osgood). (Described as T. fossor Icvis.)
34. Thomomys talpoides parozvancnsis Goldman, Jl. Washington Acad. Sci., 28 :
pp. 334-335, July 15, 1938. Type: Bryan Head, Parowan Mountains, Iron
County, September 8, 1908 (W. H. Osgood). (Described as T. fossor paro-
li'anensis.)
INDEX TO AUTHORS ON UTAH MAMMALS
Note : Dates following the names of authors and also in the indexes
of scientific and common names refer to the papers listed in the
chronological list of references.
Allen, J. A., 1877; Anderson, Mark, 1933.
Behle, W. H., 1938a; Benson, S. B., 1934a, 1939; Bole, B. P., 1936;
Bond, R. M., 1939; Bowlus. H. L., 1938e; Brenchley, J., 1861.
Clarke, Franck C, 1940; Cliff, E. P., 1936a; Cowan, M., 1940a.
Davis, W. B., 1939a ; Dale, F. H., 19391 ; Dixon, J. S., 1939b ; Doutt,
J. K., 1938, 1941g; Duke, K. J., 1940b; Durrant, S. D., 1936a,
1937, 1937e, 1939c, 1939d, 1939e. 1939f, 1941c.
Fremont, J. C, 1845.
Goldman, E. A., 1931, 1931a. 1935, 1937a, 1937b, 1937c, 1937d, 1938b,
1938c, 1939g, 1939h, 1941.
Hall. E. R., 1933a, 1934b, 1936f, 1936k, 1937e, 1938d, 1938e, 1938f,
1939f, 19391, 1940c, 1941a, 1941b, 1941c, 1941h; Hardy, Ross.
1937f, 1941d, 1941e; Hatfield, D. M., 1934b, 1936c; Hayward,
C. L., 1936d, 1940d, 1941a; Hoffmeister, D. F., 1940c; Hooper,
E. T., 1940e; Howell, A. H., 1938g; Huey, L. M., 1938b, 19381,
1939J.
Johnson, D. H., 1938d.
Kelker, G. H., 1939k, 1940g, 1941 f.
Leraas, H. J.. 1938J ; Long, W. S., 1940h.
Marshall, W. H.. 19401; Merriam, C. H.. 1894; Murie, O. J., 1933b.
Nelson, E. W., 1931a.
Olsen. O. A., 1933c, 1936e.
Parker. T. C. 1933d; Presnall, C. C, 1936f. 1937g. 1938k, 19381,
1938m.
Rasmussen, D. I., 1936g, 19391, 1939m, 1940k, 1940J ; Remy, I.. 1861.
Sumner, E. L., 1939b.
Tanner, V. M., 19401, 1940m, 1940n, 1940o; Taylor, W. P., 1940p.
Vorhies, C. T., 1940p.
Woodbury, A. M., 1937h ; Wright, G. M., 1935a.
The Great Basin Naturalist
134 C. LYNN HAYWARD Vol. II, No. 4,
INDEX TO SCIENTIFIC NAMES APPLIED TO UTAH MAMMALS
Amiiwspcr)iiopliilus leucunis cinnaniomeus: 19381, p. 11; 1940n, p. 104.
Aininospeniiophilns leucurits Iciicitriis: 1938d, p. liil.
Antrosoiis pallidus pacifkns: 19381, p. 6; 1941d, p. 293.
Antrosous pallidus pallidus: 1941d, p. 293.
Antilocapra americana americana: 19381, p. 20; 1940o, p. 104.
Bassariscus astutiis nevadensis: 19381, p. 7.
Bison americamis: 1877, p. 512; 19381, p. 20; 1938m, p. Ill; 1940o, p. 39.
Cams estor: 1940n, p. 104.
Canis latrans testes: 1938d, p. 121; 19381, p. 9; 19401, pp. 151, 152, 154, 156.
Cams lupus yoiingi: 1937d, p. 40; 19381, p. 9.
Castor canadensis: 1940h, p. 177.
Castor canadensis rcpentinus: 19381, p. 14.
Cervus canudensis nelsoni: 19381, p. 19.
Citellus arniatiis: 1938g, p. 80.
Citelliis lateralis castanuriis: 1938g, p. 202.
Citellus lateralis lateralis: 1938g, p. 194; 1940h, p. 174; 1940n, p. 109.
Citellus lateralis trepidus: 1938g, p. 208.
Citellus leucunis cinnmnomcus: 1938g, p. 175.
Citellus leucurus leucunis: 1938g, p. 173; 1940h, p. 174.
Citellus leucurus pennipes: 1938g, p. 175.
Citellus mollis mollis: 1938d, p. 121 ; 1939a, p. 190.
Citellus spilosoma cryptospilotus: 1938g, p. 130.
Citellus toivnsendii mollis: 1938g, p. 63; 1940h, p. 174; 1940i, p. 151.
Citellus tridecemlineatus parinis: 1938g, p. 117.
Citellus variegatus grammurtis : 1938g, p. 145.
Citellus variegatus utah: 1938g, p. 147; 19381, p. 11; 1940h, p. 173.
Clethrionomys gapperi uintaensis: 1941g, p. 161.
Corynorhinus rafincsquii pallescens: 1940h, p. 172; 1941d, p. 293.
Cynoniys gunnisoni zuniensis: 1937f, p. 197.
Cvnomys leucurus: 1937f, p. 197.
Cynomys parvidens: 1937f, p. 197; 19381, p. 12; 1940h, p. 175; 1940n, p. 109.
Dipodomys merriami frenatus: 1936, p. 1 ; 1940h, p. 176.
Dipodomys merriami merriami: 19381, d. 14; 1940n, p. 146.
Dipodomys microps alfrcdi: 1937a, p. 221; 1939i, p. 59; 1940i, p. 152.
Dipodomys microps bonnevillei: 1937a, p. 222 ; 19391, p. 58.
Dipodomys microps celsus: 19391, p. 60 ; 1940h, p. 176 ; 1940n, p. 146.
Dipodomys microps levipes: 1938d, p. 121.
Dipodomys microps russeolus: 1939g, p. 353; 19401, p. 151.
Dipodomys microps subtenuis: 1939g, p. 354; 19391, p. 62; 1401, p. 153.
Dipodomys ordii celeripes: 1939f, p. 10.
Dipodomys ordii cineraccus: 1939g, p. 252; 19401, p. 144.
Dipodomys ordii cohimbiauus: 1938d, p. 121 ; 1940m, p. 146.
Dipodomys ordii cupidincus: 1940h, p. 176; 1940m, p. 146; 1940n, p. 104.
Dipodomys ordii fetosus: 1939f, p. 14.
Dipodomys ordii marshalli: 1937a, p. 223; 19401, p. 152.
Dipodomys ordii iitahensis: 19401, p. 155.
Eptesicus fuscus pallidus: 19381, p. 6; 1940h, p. 173; 1941d, p. 292.
Erethison epixanthum epixantlnim: 19381, p. 18; 1940h, p. 179.
Euderma maculata: 1941d, p. 293.
Eutamias adsitus: 1940n, p. 109.
Eutamias dorsalis utahcnsis: 19381, p. 12; 1940h, p. 175.
Eutamias quadrivittatus inyoensis: 19381, p. 12; 1940h, p. 175.
Eutamias minimiis consobrinus: 19381, p. 12; 1940n, p. 112; 19401i, p. 175.
Eutamias minimus pictus: 1939a, p. 208; 1934b, p. 322.
E.utamias minimus scrutator: 1934b, p. 321 ; 1938d, p. 121.
Fclis concolor kaibabcnsis: 1931a, p. 210; 19381, p. 9.
Claucomys sabrinus lucifugus: 19401, p. 126.
Lasionycteris noctivagans: 1940n. p. 104; 1941c, p. 280.
Dec. 31.1941 bibliography of utaii mammalogy 135
Lasiiinis borealis tcliotis: 1941d, p. 292.
Lasiunis cinereus: 1941d, p. 292.
Lemmiscus curtatus levidcusis: 1941, p. 69.
Lcmmiscus curtatus paupcniniiis: 19381, p. 16.
Lcpus calif ornicus dcscrticola: 19381, p. 18; 1940n, p. 104; 1940h, p. 179; 1940i,
p. 156.
Lcpus toii/nscndii tozvnsendii: 19381, p. 18.
Lynx haileyi: 19381, p. 10.
Lynx rufus pallcsccns: 1938d, p. 121.
Lynx rufus uinta: 19381, p. 10.
Marmota flavivcntris cnyclhardti: 19381, p. 11 ; 1940h, p. 173; 1940m, p. 146.
Maries caurina origenes: 1939a, p. 130.
Mephitis mephitis estor: 19381, p. 8.
Mephitis mephitis major: 1936b, p. 66; 19401, p. 157.
Microdipodops megacephalus leucotis: 1941c, p. 6; 1941h, p. 266.
Microdipodops megacephalus paululus: 1941c, p. 5 ; 1941h, p. 265.
Microdipodops pallidus albiventer: 1937e, p. 357 ; 1938d, p. 121.
Microtus longicaudus latus: 1938b, p. 492.
Microtus montamis: 1940h, p. 178.
Microtus montaniis amosus: 1941a, p. 105.
Microtus montanus micropus: 1938d, p. 123; 1938f, p. 132; 19381, p. 16.
Microtus montanus nexus: 1941a, p. 106.
Microtus montanus riinilaris: 1938f, p. 132.
Microtus mordax mordax: 19381, p. 16; 1940h, p. 178; 1940n, p. 112.
Mustela frenata nevadensis: 1936b, p. 91 ; 19381, p. 7.
Myotis californicus calif ornicus: 1941d, p. 290.
Myotis californicus pallidus: 1941d, p. 290.
Myotis evotis chrysonotus: 1941d, p. 290.
Myotis lucifugus carissima: 1941d, p. 289.
Myotis htcifugus phasma: 1941d, p. 289.
Myotis suhulatus mclanorhinus: 19381, p. 6; 1941d, p. 290.
Myotis suhulatus suhulatus: 1941d, p. 290.
Myotis thysanodes thysanodes: 1941d, p. 290.
Myotis velifer incautus: 1941d, p. 290.
Myotis volans interior: 1941d, p. 290.
Myotis yumanensis sociahilis: 1941d. p. 290.
Myotis yumanensis yumanensis: 1941d, p. 289.
Neotoma albigula hrevicauda: 1940p, p. 461.
Neotoma cinerea acraia: 1940e, p. 415.
Neotoma cinerea arizonue: 1940e, p. 422.
Neotoma cinerea cinerea: 19381, p. 16; 1940h, p. 178; 1940n, p. 109.
Neotoma lepida marshalli: 1939g, p. 357; 1940i, p. 153.
Neotoma lepida monstrahilis: 19381, p. 15; 1940h, p. 170; 1940n, p. 109.
Nycteris borealis teliotis: 19381, p. 6.
Ochotona princeps cinnamomea: 1940h, p. 179.
Ochotona princeps fuscipes: 19381, p. 18 ; 1940h, p. 179.
Ochotona princeps uinta: 1938e, p. 336.
Ochotona princeps utahensis: 1941a, p. 107.
Odocoileus hemionus macrotis: 1938k, p. 107; 19381, p. 19; 1939b, p. 231; 19391,
p. 236; 1940h, p. 180.
Ondatra sibethica goldm-ani: 1938b, p. 409.
Ondatra sibethica mergens: 1938d, p. 122.
Onochomys leucogaster breincaudus: 1938d, p. 121.
Onochomys leucogaster melanophrys: 19381, p. 15; 1940h, p. 177.
Onothomys leucogaster utahensis: 1939g, p. 354; 1940i, p. 144.
Onochomys torridus longicaudus: 19381, p. 15 ; 1940h, p. 177.
Ovis canadensis nelsoni: 19381, p. 20.
Ovis canadensis canadensis: 1940a, p. 540.
Perognathus formosus formosus: 19381, p. 36; 19381, p. 14; 1940h, p. 176.
Perogn-athus longimemhris arizonensis: 1940n, p. 104.
Perognathus longimemhris gulosus: 1941b, p. 55.
The Great Basin Naturalist
136 C. LYNN HAYWARD Vol. II, No. 4,
Pcrognathits longimcmbris ncvadcnsis: 1938d, p. 121.
Pcrognathus longwicmbris fivginis: 1939j, p. 55.
Perognatlnis parznis plcnis: 1939g, p. 352 ; 1940i, p. 153.
Pcromyscns boylii rozvlcyi: 19381, p. 15; 1940h, p. 178; 1940m, p. 146.
Pcromyscus crinitus atiripectus: 19381, p. 15.
Pcromyscns crinitus crinihts: 1940h, p. 178; 1941e, p. 90.
Pcromyscus crinitus pergracilis: 1939g, p. 256 ; 1940i, p. 155.
Pcromyscns crinitus pcridoncus: 1937c, p. 92.
Pcromyscus cremicus crcniicus: 1940h, p. 178.
Pcromyscus maniculatus gnnnisoni: 1937a, p. 224; 19401, p. 152.
Pcromyscus maniculatus iiiclanis: 1939g, p. 355; 1940i, p. 157.
Pcromyscus maniculatus osgoodi: 1938j, p. 1.
Pcromyscus numiculatus sonoricnsis: 1938d, p. 121; 19381, p. 15; 1940h, p. 177;
1940i, p. 151 ; 1940n, p. 104.
Pcromyscus tntci truci: 19381, p. 15; 194Uc, p. 401; 1940h, p. 178.
Pipistrclhis hcspcrus hcspcrus: 1936c, p. 258; 19381, p. 6; 1940n, p. 104; 1941d,
p. 291.
Procyon lotor pallidus: 19381, p. 7.
Rcithrodontoniys mcgalotis mcgalotis: 1938d, p. 121 ; 19381, p. 15 ; 1940h, p. 177.
Reithrodoutomys mcgalotis ravus: 1939g, p. 355; 19401, p. 154.
Sorcx mcrriami leucogcnys: 1933a, p. 154 ; 1939, p. 350.
Sorex obscnrus obscurus: 19381, p. 6.
Sorex palustris navigator: 19381, p. 6; 1936f, p. 211 ; 1940n, p. 109; 1940h, p. 172.
Spilogale gracilis saxatilis: 19381, p. 8.
Syh'ilagus auduboni arisonac: 19381, p. 18.
Sylvilagus auduboni warrcni: 1940n, p. 109.
Sylvilagus nuttalli grangeri: 19381, p. 18 ; 1940h, p. 180 ; 19401, pp. 153, 154, 156,
157.
Tadarida macrotis: 19381, p. 7; 1941d. p. 294.
Tadarida mcxicana: 19381, p. 7; 194(lh, p. 173; 1941d, p. 294.
Tamiascturus frcmonti frcuwnti: 19381, p. 13; 1940h, p. 175.
Tamiasciurus hudsonicns vcniorum: 1940, p. 220.
Taxidea taxus bcrlandicri: 1940n, p. 109.
Taxidca taxus taxus: 19381, p. 8; 1938d, p. 121.
Thomomys bottae absonus: 1940n, p. 104.
Thomomys bottae birdscyei: 1937, p. 134.
Thomomys bottae centralis: 1938d, p. 121 ; 19381, p. 14.
Thomomys bottae convexus: 1939c, p. 159.
Thom.omys bottae minimus: 1939c, p. 161 ; 19401, p. 154.
Thomomys bottae pianirostris: 19381, p. 14; 1940h, p. 176.
Thomomys fossor: 19381, p. 14; 1940n, p. 109.
Thomomys fossor levis: 1938c, p. 336.
Thomomys fossor moorei: 1938c, p. 335.
Thomomys fossor parozvancnsis : 1938c, p. 334.
Thomoiuys quadratus gracilis: 1939e, p. 1.
Thomomys talpoides levis: 1939g, p. 234.
Thomomys talpoides moorei: 1939g, p. 234.
Thomomys talpoides parozvanensis: 1939g, p. 234; 1940h, p. 176.
Thomomys talpoides uinta: 1939h, p. 234.
Thomomys uinta: 1939a, p. 259.
Urocyon cinercoargentcus scotti: 19381, p. 8.
Ursus americanus amblyccps: 19381, p. 7.
Ursus utahcnsis: 19381, p. 7.
Vulpes julva macroura: 19381, p. 8.
Zapus princeps cincrcus: 1939a, p. 243.
A NEW ELAPHRUS (COLEOPTERA, CARABIDAE)"'
VASCO M. TANNER
Professor of Zoology and Entomology
Brigham Young University
Elaphrus torreyensis Tanner, new species
Female: Form, robust, body more elongate than other species of this genus;
color metallic green above, cupreous beneath on the nietothorax, abdomen and
proximal portions of the legs ; tibia and tarsus dark reddish ; labrum, mandibles
and distal portions of palpi black ; the eyes large and black ; interorbital width
1.6 mm with a round central boss falling off towards and back of orbits; just
back of the central boss is a depressed circular spot with deep punctures. Head,
especially the depressions on the dorsal and front deeply punctured while the ele-
vated portions and the gular area are practically free from punctation. Two pairs
of setae, one pair on the lateral portion of the clypeus and the other on the median
inner margin of the orbits. Antennae shorter than in the lecontei complex,
reaching only to the posterior third of the thorax. Articles 1 to 3 and the base
of fourth glabrous, while the remaining seven segments are setiferous with two
long setae on each segment ; the third segment the longest one, being twice as
long as the second. Thorax 2.6 mm wide, with a deep hour glass shaped depres-
sion, bordered with two round depressions filled with deep punctures ; the margins
and humeri deeply punctured; while the elevated discal portions are finely and
sparsely punctured. Elytra 4.1 mm wide, with ocellate foveae violaceous in the
center and from which a setae 3/4 mm long extends ; 21 ocellate foveae on the
left elytron and 25 on the right one. The whole surface is sparsely and finely
punctured except on the inner humeri, where they are deeply and closely punc-
tured similar to the contigeous thoracic areas. The ventral unpunctured except
on the lateral portions of the first two abdominal segments and the episterna of
the thorax; the episternum of the prothorax is rather closely and deeply punc-
tured. Total body length 10 mm.
Female Genitalia: Valvifers and coxites larger and setae not so styliform
as in clairvillci and oln'acciis. (Fig. T.) An examination of many specimens
shows that the female genitalia have a few distinctive characters. After studying
Fig. I. Female genitalia of 1. Elaphrus clairvillei: 2. E. olk'accus; 3. E. torrey-
ensis: 4. E. lecontei. ((sty — stylus; c — coxite ; vf — valvifer; v — vulva; 8ths —
eighth sternite ; 9ths — ninth sternite.)
(1) Contribution Xo. 97, Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham
Young University.
137
The Great Basin Naturalist
138 VASCO M. TANNER Vol. II, No. 4,
the genital structures of eight species of this genus it was possible to separate
each one by certain small differences. The genitalia of four species are illus-
trated in this study.
Type Locality : Torrey, Wayne County, Utah. Torrey is located
on the Fremont River drainage, elevation 6,900 feet, near the west
entrance to the Capital Reef Monument area. The holotype and a
paratype, taken at Escalante, Garfield Co., both females, were col-
lected by Wilmer W. Tanner in June, 1938. The holotype is in the
Brigham Young University entomological collection and the paratype
is being contributed to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke for the California Academy
of Sciences collections. Dr. Van Dyke has been very kind in helping
with the study of Utah Carabidae. I am indebted to him for two
female specimens of clairvillei used in this study.
Torreyensis is most closely related to clairvillei from which it may
be separated by a more robust form, size, coloration, and female
genital characteristics. I have attempted to follow Col. Casey (1920-
24) in his study of this genus, but find it difficult to agree with his
conclusions. E. spissicornis from Parowan, Iron County, Utah, on
the basis of specimens of lecontei from this and many other localities
of Utah seems to be a synonym of lecontei. I am unable to distinguish
any differences in the antennae of Utah specimens of lecontei. I have
four specimens from Mr. F. S. Carr which he collected at Medicine
Hat, Alta. (Choppice Lake) in August 22, 1927, labeled E. devinctus
Csy., also specimens from Pingree Park, Colorado, which I am un-
able to separate from lecontei.
IIUS^
INDEX TO VOLUME II
MAR 6 1942
The new subfamilies, genera, and species described in this volume appear in
bold-face type in this index.
Allen Spiny Pocket Mouse, 12.
Alphabetical List of Types of Utah
Mammals, 131.
Alpine Three-toed Woodpecker, 2.
American Pipit, 5.
Ambystoma macrodactylum Baird,
87.
tigrinum mavortium (Baird), 110.
tigrinum nebulosum Hallowell, 8S.
tigrinum slateri Dunn, 87.
An Annotated list of Mammals Col-
lected in Nuevo Leon, Mexico, in
1939, 9.
A New Elaphrus (Coleoptera, Cari-
bidae), 137.
Anguillonema pinguicauda Fuchs, 66.
Antarctic Birds contributed by Dr.
Russell G. Frazier, 122.
Anthus spinoletta rubescens (Tun-
stall), 5.
Aphaenogaster (Attomyrma) flori-
dana Smith, 118.
boiilderensis Smith, 120.
Ascaphus truei Stejneger, 88.
Audubon's Hermit Thrush, 4.
Bibliography of Utah Mammalogy;
Including Refernces to Names and
Type Localities, 125.
Blatchley, Willis Stanley, 33.
Boleodorus Thorne, 59.
clavicaudatus Thorne, 61.
thylactus Thorne, 60.
Bragg, Arthur N., article by, 109.
Bufo boreas boreas (Baird & Gi-
rard), 88.
woodhousii woodhousii (Girard),
110.
Byrrhidae, 36.
Carpodacus cassini Baird, 6.
Cassin's Purple Finch, 6.
Chandler, Harry P., article by, 99.
Charina bottae (Blainville), 93.
Chronological List of References on
Utah Mammals, 126.
Cimbocera petersoni Tanner, 29.
buchanani Ting, 31.
conspersa Fall, 31.
pauper Horn, 31.
Citellus variegatus couchii (Baird),
Cleridae, 36.
Cnemidophorus tessellatus tessellatus
(Say), 92.
Coluber constrictor mormon (Baird
and Girard), 93.
taeniatus taeniatus (Hallowell), 94.
Conepatus pediculus Merriam, 10.
Crotalus viridis lutosus Klauljer, 96.
viridis (Rafinesque), 97.
viridis oreganus Holbrook, 97.
Crotaphytus collaris baileyi (Stej-
neger), 90.
wislizenii (Baird & Girard), 90.
Couch's rock squirrel, 11.
Cynomys mexicanus Merriam, 11.
Deladenus Thorne, 45.
durus (Cobb), 46.
obesus Thorne, 47.
Dendroica auduboni memorabilis Ob-
erholster, 5.
Diadophis regalis regalis (Baird &
Girard), 17, 93.
amabilis occidentals Blanchard, 93.
Dicamptodon eusatus (Eschscholtz).
88.
Dytiscidae, 103.
Elaphrus torreyensis Tanner, 138.
Empidonax hammondi (Xantus), 2.
wrighti Baird, 2.
difficilis difficilis Baird, 3.
Eptesicus fuscus (Beauvois), 10.
Erotylidae, 36.
Eumeces skiltonianus skiltonianus
(Baird & Girard), 93.
Gerrhonatus coervlous principis
(Baird & Girard), 92.
Gray-headed Junco, 7.
Grater, Russel K., article by, 121.
Green-tailed Towhee, 7.
Grey Squirrel, 11.
Gull Banding Notes at Utah Lake,
Halenchus Cobb, 64.
fucicola (deMan) Cobb, 64.
mediterraneus (Micoletzky) Cobb,
65.
Hall, E. Raymond, article by, 105.
Hammond's Flycatcher, 2.
Hayward, C. Lynn, article by, 1, 105,
125.
Hexatylus Goodey, 48.
Hexatylus viviparus Goodey, 49.
consobrinus (deMan) Goodey, 41.
fungorum (Biitschli), 49.
139
140
INDEX TO VOLUME II
Hog-nosed skunk, 10.
Honiophron, 99.
illustre Csy., 99.
tanneri Chandler, 99, 100.
tanneri proximum Chandler, 99,
102.
Hyla regilla Baird & Girard, 89.
Hylocichla guttata auduboni (Baird),
4.
Hydroporus transpunctatus Chand-
ler, 103.
Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus ochror-
hynchus, 95.
Index to Volume II, 139.
Index to Authors on Utah Miamnials,
133.
Index to Scientific Names Applied
to Utah Mammals, 134.
Interesting Coleoptera Records for
Utah, 36.
lotonchium Cobb, 39.
iniperfectuni (Biitschli), 50.
Iridoprocne bicolor (Vieillot), 3.
Junco caniceps (Woodhouse), 7.
Koestner,E. J., article by, 9.
Lampropcltis pyromelana (Cope), 19.
triangulum gentilis (Baird & Gi-
rard), 21, 22.
Larus Californicus Lawrence, 98.
Leaf-nosed bat, 10.
Leptonycteris nivalis (Saussure), 10.
Lesser Yellow Legs, New Record
for Washington County, Utah, 86.
Lincoln's Sparrow, 8.
Liomys irroratuus alleni (Coues), 12.
Macgillivray's Warbler, 6.
Melospiza lincolni lincolni (Audu-
Ibon), 8.
Mexican prairie dog, 11.
Mexican harvest-mouse, 12.
Mexican vole, 13.
Microtus mexicanus (De Sausurre),
13.
montanus amosus Hall & Hay-
ward, 105.
montanus nexus Hall & Hayward,
106.
Miquihuana white-tailed deer, 14.
Mus musculus L., 14.
M'yadestes townsendi (Audubon), 4.
Neotoma albigula leucodon Merriam,
13.
Neotylenchinae Thorne, 38.
Neotylenchus, 39.
abulbosus Steiner, 40.
acutus Thorne, 42.
arcuatus Thorne, 44.
consobrinus deMan, 41.
intermedins (Christie), 45.
latus Thorne, 43.
obesus Thorne, 44.
New Bird Records from Zion Na-
tional Park, 121.
New Species of Coleoptera from
Utah (Omophronidae & Dytisci-
dae), 99.
Notes on the Nesting Habits of
Some Mountain Dwelling Birds in
Utah, 1.
Nothotylenchinae, 38, 57.
Nothotylenchus Thorne, 57.
acris Thorne, 57.
affinis Thorne, 58.
cylindricollis Thorne, 59.
Oberholseria chlorura (Audubon), 7.
Ochotona princeps utahensis Hall &
Hayward, 107.
Odocoileus virginianus miquihuane-
sis Goldman & Kellogg, 14.
Oliiophronidae, 99.
Oporornis tolmiei (Townsend), 6.
Painted Lady Butterfly in Migration,
104.
Paurodontinae, 38, 50.
Paurodontus Thorne, 51.
gracilis Thorne, 51.
densus Thorne, 52.
apiticus Thorne, 53.
niger Thorne, 54.
Peromyscus maniculatus labecula
Elliot, 12.
boylii levipes (Merriam), 12.
difficilis (Allen), 13.
Phrynosoma douglassii ornatissimum
(Girard), 91.^
platyrhinos Girard, 92.
Picoides tridactylus dorsalis Baird, 2.
Pituophis catenifer deserticola Stej-
neger, 94.
Plethodon idahoensis Slater & Slipp,
88.
Pocket Gopher, 11.
Progne subis subis (Linnaeus), 3.
Prosecon, 99.
obliteratuum utense Csy., 99.
gilae pallidum Csy., 99.
Pseudacris nigrita triseriata (Wied),
89.
triseriata Wied, 112.
Purple Martin, 3.
Rana catesbeiana Shaw, 89.
pipiens Schreber, 89.
pipiens pipiens (Schreber), 115.
INDEX TO VOLUME II
141
Red-naped Sapsucker, 1.
Reithrodontomys fulvescens tenuis
Allen, 12.
Reptiles and Amphibians of Idaho
No. I., 87.
Rhinocheilus lecontei Baird & Gi-
rard, 23, 94.
Rocky Mountain Audubon Warbler,
5.
Salvadora grahaniiae hexalepis
(Cope), 18.
Scaphiopus bonibifrons (Cope), 113.
intermontanus Cope, 88.
hammondi Baird, 112.
Sceloporus graciosus graciosus, 91.
occidentalis biseriatus (Hallowell),
91.
Sciurus alleni Nelson, 11.
Smith, Marion R., article by, 118.
Some Nematodes of the Family Ty-
lenchidae which do Not Possess a
Valvular Median Esophageal Bulb,
37.
Sphyrapicus varius nuchalis Baird, 1.
Spizella passerina arizonae Coues, 8.
Some Observations on Amphibia at
and Near Las Vegas, New Mexico,
109.
Sonora miniata miniata Stickel, 94.
semianulata semianulata Baird &
Girard, 94.
Sorex emarginatus Jackson, 10.
Stictylus Thornc, 54.
asymmetricus Thorne, 55.
obtusus Thorne, 55.
Study of the Variation in the Less
Common Snakes of Utah, 16.
Studies in the Weevils of the West-
ern United States No. IV: A New
Species of Cimbocera, 29.
Sylvilague floridanus chapmani (Al-
len), 14.
Tachycineta thalassina lepida Mearns,
3.
Tanner, Vasco M., articles by, 29, 33,
36, 98, 104, 122, 137.
Tanner, Wilmer W., articles by, 16,
87.
Tantilla utahensis Blanchard, 26.
Texas cottontail, 14.
Thada Thorne, 62.
cancellata Thorne, 63.
striata Thorne, 62.
Thamnophis eques (Reuss), 24.
Thamnophis sirtalis parietalis (Say),
96.
sirtalis tctrataenia (Cope), 96.
ordinoides vagrans Baird & Gi-
rard, 95.
Thomomys spp., 11.
Thorne, Gerald, article by, Zl .
Three New Mammals (Microtus and
Ochotona) from Utah, 105.
Townsend's Solitaire, 4.
Tree Swallow, 3.
Trimorphodon lyrophanes (Cope),
25.
Tylenchus arboricolus Cobb, 65.
Two New Species of Aphaenogaster
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae), 118.
Uta stansburiana stansburiana (Baird
& Girard), 90.
Vanessa carduii L., 104.
Violet-green Swallow, 3.
Vireo gilvus swainsoni Baird, 5.
Western Chipping Sparrow, 8.
Western Flycatcher, 3.
Western Warbling Vireo, 5.
White-crowned Sparrow, 8.
White-footed mouse, 12, 13.
White-toothed wood rat, 13.
Wright's Flycatcher, 2.
Zacatecas Shrew, 10.
Zonotrichia leucophrys leucophrys
(Forster), 8.
No. 1. Mailed March 1, 1941.
No. 2. Mailed July 20, 1941.
No. 3. Mailed December 6, 1941.
No. 4. Mailed February 25, 1942.
BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY
Largest private institution of higher learning in the Intermountain
Region, Brigham Young University is organized into five colleges, three
divisions, and the graduate school. Four quarters of instruction are
provided annually.
Colleges of Applied Science
Arts and Sciences
Commerce
Education
Fine Arts
Divisions of Religion
Research
Extension
Graduate School
Summer School
Departments of Instruction
Accounting and Business
Administration
Agricultural Economics
Agronomy
Animal Husbandry
Art
Bacteriology
Bible and Modern Scripture
Botany
Chemistry
Church History
Church Organization and
Administration
Economics
Educational Administration
Elementary Education
English
Finance and Banking
Geology and Geography
History
Home Economics
Horticulture and Landscape
Architecture
Journalism
Library
Marketing
Mathematics
Mechanic Arts
Modern and Classical Languages
Music
Office Practice
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Philosophy of Education
Psychology
Secondary Education
Sociology
Speech
Theology and Religious
Philosophy
Zoology and Entomology
NATIONALLY ACCREDITED
For further information, write
The President
BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY
Provo, Utah
NEW CENTURY PRINTINS CO., PROVO, UTAH
3 2044 072 224 611